If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any
other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then
that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just
expecting it to be implicitly present.
We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these
headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have
been causing compile failures/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
{g|s}etnumtcs() today returns a u8 that is only used by the DCB code
to verify no error occurred. Today the driver implementations return
negative error codes which end up being non-zero so the logic works
out but triggers some sparse warnings.
To fix the sparse warnings convert the return value to an int.
CC: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag is of no use right now and is in fact harmful in that it
prevents the HCI_MGMT flag to be set for any controllers that may need
it after the first one that bluetoothd takes into use (the flag is
cleared for the first controller so any subsequent ones through the same
bluetoothd mgmt socket never get the HCI_MGMT flag set).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The index is part of the command header and not its parameters so it
makes sense to distinguish this from the invalid parameters error.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/tg3.c
Conflicts in the statistics regression bug fix from 'net',
but happily Matt Carlson originally posted the fix against
'net-next' so I used that to resolve this.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L2CAP timeout constants are always used in form of jiffies. So just
include the conversion from msecs in the define itself. This has the
advantage of making the code where the timeout is used more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These defines are shorter than "sizeof(struct mgmt_cp_foo_bar...)" and
will be helpful when extending the command lookup table to contain the
expected command size information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE
TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also
uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but
deauth, disassoc and action frames.)
Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through
but not set the flag so drivers supporting some
hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would
then reject the frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed channel mask needs to be stored to decide whether to
use A2MP for example. So far save only one relevant byte which
keeps all information we need.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There was an off-by-one error in the comments describing the
highest_sack field in struct tcp_sock. The comments previously claimed
that it was the "start sequence of the highest skb with SACKed
bit". This commit fixes the comments to note that it is the "start
sequence of the skb just *after* the highest skb with SACKed bit".
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds missing SSP and "Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR" feature bit
definitions to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
u8/__u8/u32/etc should be used in the kernel instead of stdint.h types.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c, one to change
the rx_buf->is_page boolean into a set of u16 flags, and another to
adjust how ->ip_summed is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch removes unneeded method typedef declaration (icv_update_fn_t
) and the two struct declarations which appear in its prototype
(struct hash_desc and struct scatterlist) in net/xfrm.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marcell Zambo and Janos Farago noticed and reported that when
new conntrack entries are added via netlink and the conntrack table
gets full, soft lockup happens. This is because the nf_conntrack_lock
is held while nf_conntrack_alloc is called, which is in turn wants
to lock nf_conntrack_lock while evicting entries from the full table.
The patch fixes the soft lockup with limiting the holding of the
nf_conntrack_lock to the minimum, where it's absolutely required.
It required to extend (and thus change) nf_conntrack_hash_insert
so that it makes sure conntrack and ctnetlink do not add the same entry
twice to the conntrack table.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is useful for testing RX handling of frames with bad
CRCs.
Requires driver support to actually put the packet on the
wire properly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does
all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a
more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the
various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels.
Typical usage scenarios:
#include <linux/static_key.h>
struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE;
if (static_key_false(&key))
do unlikely code
else
do likely code
Or:
if (static_key_true(&key))
do likely code
else
do unlikely code
The static key is modified via:
static_key_slow_inc(&key);
...
static_key_slow_dec(&key);
The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an
expensive operation.
I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note
that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename
blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label
patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to
decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit.
On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to
likely()/unlikely() branches.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch adds a flag to track pending changes to the class of device.
This is needed since we cannot cleanly handle multiple simultaneous
commands and need to return a "busy" error status in the mgmt commands
that might trigger a class change.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Device Connected events to match the latest API
by adding a flags parameter to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes sure that legacy pairing vs SSP infomation gets
properly propageted to the device_found events in the form of the legacy
pairing flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the latest mgmt API there's a flags field instead of a
separate confirm_name paramter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's possible to provide a short name through the mgmt interface and
this name can be used for EIR generation when the full name doesn't fit
there. This patch adds the preliminary tracking of the provided short
name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there are no events to other management sockets if the class of
device got changed. So make sure they are sent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements support for the Set LE mgmt command. Now, in
addition to the enable_le module parameter user space needs to send an
explicit Enable LE command to enable LE support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to enable SSP through mgmt even when
powered off. The setting will then get automatically actiated when
powering on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to change the Link Security setting while
powered off and have it automatically enabled when powering on a device.
To track the desired state once powered on a new HCI_LINK_SECURITY flag
is added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Channel lock will be used to lock L2CAP channels which are locked
currently by socket locks.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask
is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that
certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application.
At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to
indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information
about the VFs belonging to the interface.
This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have
large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned
by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions.
Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with
the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will
not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel.
Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net
devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the
info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed
in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter
mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE.
With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink
attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one specifies where to start MSG_PEEK-ing queue data from. When
set to negative value means that MSG_PEEK works as ususally -- peeks
from the head of the queue always.
When some bytes are peeked from queue and the peeking offset is non
negative it is moved forward so that the next peek will return next
portion of data.
When non-peeking recvmsg occurs and the peeking offset is non negative
is is moved backward so that the next peek will still peek the proper
data (i.e. the one that would have been picked if there were no non
peeking recv in between).
The offset is set using per-proto opteration to let the protocol handle
the locking issues and to check whether the peeking offset feature is
supported by the protocol the socket belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it possible to toggle the connectable & discoverable
settings when powered off. Two new hdev->dev_flags flags are added to
track what the scan mode should be when the device is finally powered
on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The parameter list for setting the local name via management interface
was missing the short name parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds rudimentary support for the Set High Speed command in
the form of a new HCI dev flag (HCI_HS_ENABLED).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Discovering event. The
value matches that given to Start/Stop Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Stop Discovery command
which should match the value given to Start Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since neither High Speed (HS) nor Low Energy (LE) are fully implemented
yet, only expose them in supported settings when enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI monitor channel can be used to monitor all packets and events
from the Bluetooth subsystem. The monitor is not bound to any specific
HCI device and allows even capturing multiple devices at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI notifier handling was never used outside of Bluetooth core layer
and thus remove it and replace it with direct function calls. Also move
the stack internal event generation into the HCI socket layer.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bt_cb(skb)->channel was only needed to make hci_send_to_sock() be
used for HCI raw and control sockets. Since they have now separate sending
functions this is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sending functions for HCI raw and control sockets have nothing in
common except that they iterate over the socket list. Split them into
two so they can do their job more efficient. In addition the code becomes
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of having status paramters part of each individual command
response it's simpler to just have the status as part of the command
complete header. This patch updates the code to follow this convention
and thereby also ensures compliance with the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In accordance to the latest mgmt API specification the opcode comes
first and then the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds interleaved discovery support to MGMT Start
Discovery command.
In case interleaved discovery is not supported (not a dual mode
device), we perform BR/EDR or LE-only discovery according to the
device capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch merges DISCOVERY_INQUIRY and DISCOVERY_LE_SCAN states
into a new state called DISCOVERY_FINDING.
From the discovery perspective, we are pretty much worried about
to know just if we are finding devices than what exactly phase of
"finding devices" (inquiry or LE scan) we are currently running.
Besides, to know if the controller is performing inquiry or LE scan
we should check HCI_INQUIRY or HCI_LE_SCAN bits in hdev flags.
Moreover, merging this two states will simplify the discovery state
machine and will keep interleaved discovery implementation simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to struct discovery_state the field 'type' so that
we can track the discovery type the device is performing.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch does some code refactoring in start_discovery function
in order to prepare it for interleaved discovery support.
MGMT_ADDR_* macros were moved to hci_core.h since they are now used
to define discovery type macros.
Discovery type macros were defined according to mgmt-api.txt
specification:
Possible values for the Type parameter are a bit-wise or of the
following bits:
1 BR/EDR
2 LE Public
3 LE Random
By combining these e.g. the following values are possible:
1 BR/EDR
6 LE (public & random)
7 BR/EDR/LE (interleaved discovery)
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the appropriate Intel copyright to mgmt files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the confirm name command to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes address types for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the PIN code messages to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type wherever there's an address
present. This patch updates the link key messages to match it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use state_to_string function in debug statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Function state_to_string will be used in other files in debug
statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Use specific logging functions instead of a generic
bt_printk function can save some text.
Remove now unused bt_printk function.
Add compatibility BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros.
(compiled x86 and defconfig with bluetooth and all bluetooth drivers)
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
381662 20072 100416 502150 7a986 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
382463 20072 100400 502935 7ac97 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
126635 1388 132 128155 1f49b net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
127175 1388 132 128695 1f6b7 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
$ size drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o*
127575 8976 29476 166027 2888b drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
129512 8976 29516 168004 29044 drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
52998 3292 156 56446 dc7e drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
54358 3292 156 57806 e1ce drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Set SSP mgmt command can be used for enabling and disabling Secure
Simple Pairing support for controllers that support it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set Link Security mgmt command is used to enable or disable link
level security, also known as Security Mode 3. This is rarely enabled in
modern systems but the command needs to be available for completeness,
qualification purposes and those few systems that actually want to
enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the Read Supported Commands mgmt command which was
recently added to the API specification. It returns a list of supported
commands and events to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This avoids using the dev_set/get_drvdata() functions to retrieve a
pointer to our own structure. We can use simple pointer arithmetic here.
The drvdata field is actually not needed by any other code-path but this
makes the code more consistent with hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The linux device model provides dev_set/get_drvdata so we can use this
to save private driver data.
This also removes several unnecessary casts.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We currently use dev_set_drvdata to keep a pointer to ourself. This
doesn't make sense as we are the bus and not a driver. Therefore,
introduce to_hci_dev() so we can get a struct hci_dev pointer from a
struct device pointer.
dev_set/get_drvdata() is reserved for drivers that provide a device and
not for the bus using the device. The bus can use simple pointer
arithmetic to retrieve its private data.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch add a new Device Unpaired mgmt event. This will be sent to
all mgmt sockets except the one that requested unpairing (that socket
will get a command complete instead). The event is also reserved for
future SMP updates where a remote device will be able to request pairing
revocation from us.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Authentication Failed mgmt event to match the
latest API specification by adding an address type to it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implmentation for mgmt_block_device and
mgmt_unblock_device and their corresponding events to match the latest
API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implementation for these mgmt to be up to date
with the latest API specification. Right now the address type isn't
actually used for anything but that might change in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch upadate the user confirm and user passkey mgmt messages to
match the latest API specification by adding an address type parameter
to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the disconnect command and
response in order to match the latest mgmt API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the mgmt_remove_keys command to mgmt_unpair_device
and updates its parameters to match the latest API (specifically, it
adds an address type parameter to the command and its response).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We are not supposed to block in start_discovery() because
start_discovery code is running in write() syscall context
and this would block the write operation on the mgmt socket.
This way, we cannot directly call hci_do_le_scan() to scan
LE devices in start_discovery(). To overcome this issue a
derefered work (hdev->le_scan) was created so we can properly
call hci_do_le_scan().
The helper function hci_le_scan() simply set LE scan parameters
and queue hdev->le_scan work. The work is queued on system_long_wq
since it can sleep for a few seconds in the worst case (timeout).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_do_le_scan function which
should be used to scan LE devices.
In order to enable LE scan, hci_do_le_scan() sends commands (Set
LE Scan Parameters and Set LE Scan Enable) to the controller and
waits for its results. If commands were executed successfully a
delayed work is scheduled to disable the ongoing scanning after
some amount of time. This function blocks.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Send MGMT Discovering events once LE scan starts/stops so the
userspace can track when local adapters are discovering LE devices.
This way, we also keep the same behavior of inquiry which sends MGMT
Discovering events once inquiry starts/stops even if it is triggered
by an external tool (e.g. hcitool).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the use of the new structures and lists for the SMP LTK's
we may remove some code that is now unused. No need to have extra
fields of information inside link_key now that it is only used
for Link Keys.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds a method to notify that a new LTK is available and
a handler to store keys coming from userspace into the kernel LTK
list.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This updates all the users of the older way, that was using the
link_keys list to store the SMP keys, to use the new way.
This includes defining new types for the keys, we have a type for each
combination of STK/LTK and Master/Slave.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This includes a new list for storing the keys and a new structure used
to represent each key.
Some notes: authenticated is used to identify that the key may be used
to setup a HIGH security link. As the same list is used to store both
the STK's and the LTK's the type field is used so we can separate
between those two types of keys and if the key should be used when
in the master or slave role.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements the Cancel Pair Device command for mgmt. It's used
by user space to cancel an ongoing pairing attempt which was triggered
by the Pair Device command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the opcodes for mgmt commands and events to match the
latest user space API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes clear that this is the size of the key used to
encrypt the link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This defines two new messages, one event that will inform
userspace that a new Long Term Key was exchanged and one that
will allow userspace to load LTKs into the kernel.
Besides the information necessary for the restablishement of
the secure link, we added some extra information: "authenticated"
that informs if the key can be used to establish an authenticated
link, and "master" that informs the role in that the key should
be used.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It's a very common test to see if both the local and the remote device
have SSP enabled. By creating a simple function to test this we can
shorten many if-statements in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ssp_mode is essentially just a boolean so it's more appropriate to
have it simply as a flag in hdev->dev_flags.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the flags member of struct hci_conn is supposed to accommodate
any boolean type values we can easily merge all boolean members into it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates mgmt_ev_device_connected and mgmt_ev_device found to
include an EIR-encoded remote name and class whenever possible. With
this addition the mgmt_ev_remote_name event becomes unnecessary and can
be removed. Since the connected event doesn't map to hci_conn_complete
anymore a HCI_CONN_MGMT_CONNECTED flag is added to track when mgmt has
been notified about a connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hdev->out variable is essentially a boolean so the type 'bool' makes
more sense than u8.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These flags can and will be used for more general purpose values than
just pending state transitions so the more common name "flags" makes
more sense than "pend".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to have a separate device class field since the same
information can be encoded into the EIR data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes the function accessible from all places it's needed (e.g.
mgmt.c and hci_event.c).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds missing EIR defines (as specified in the Bluetooth
Assigned Numbers document) to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch add a two byte eir_len parameter mgmt_ev_device_found. Since
it's unlikely that the data will in the short term be much bigger than
conventional EIR lengths just use a small stack based buffer for now to
avoid dynamic memory allocation & freeing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
User space uses device_(dis)connected instead of just (dis)connected so
rename the defines and functions to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new parameter to mgmt_device_found() to inform
the length of 'eir' pointer.
EIR data from LE advertising report event doesn't have a fixed length
as EIR data from extended inquiry result event does. We needed to
change mgmt_device_found() so it copies 'eir_len' bytes instead of
HCI_MAX_EIR_LENGTH.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is usefull when need to make action after timer was cleared
depending on if it was running or not.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Fix the following build warning:
CC [M] net/bluetooth/hci_core.o
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587: warning: return from incompatible pointer type
module_param in hci_core.c passes 'enable_hs' as bool format, so fix
this variable definition type.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch makes sure that devices with stronger signal (RSSI closer to
0) are sorted first in the resolve list and will therefore get their
names resolved first during device discovery. Since it's more likely
that the device the user is trying to discover has a strong signal due
to its proximity this ensures that the user gets the "device found"
event for it more quickly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no point in exposing these to user-space (which is what happens
to everything in hdev->flags) so move them to dev_flags instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we remove the owner field of hci_dev hci_dev_put and __hci_dev_put
do the same so we can merge them into one function. Same for
hci_dev_hold and __hci_dev_hold.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_dev->dev device structure has an internal refcount. This
refcount is used to protect the whole hci_dev object. However, we
currently do not use it. Therefore, if someone calls hci_free_dev() we
currently immediately destroy the hci_dev object because we never took
the device refcount.
This even happens if the hci_dev->refcnt is not 0. In fact, the
hci_dev->refcnt is totally useless in its current state. Therefore, we
simply remove hci_dev->refcnt and instead use hci_dev->dev refcnt.
This fixes all the symptoms and also correctly integrates the device
structure into our bluetooth bus system.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After unregistering an hci_dev object a bluetooth driver does not have
any callbacks in the hci_dev structure left over. Therefore, there is no
need to keep a reference to the module.
Previously, we needed this to protect the hci-destruct callback.
However, this callback is no longer available so we do not need this
owner field, anymore. Drivers now call hci_unregister_dev() and they
are done with the object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci-destruct callback is not used by any driver so we can remove it.
There is no reason to keep it alive, anymore. Drivers can free their
internal data on driver-release and we do not need to provide a public
destruct callback.
Internally, we still use a destruct callback inside of hci_sysfs.c. This
one is used to correctly free our hci_dev data structure if no more
users have a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Several drivers already provide an empty callback so we can actually
make this optional and then remove all those empty callbacks in the
drivers.
This callback isn't needed at all by most drivers as they can remove
their allocated structures on device disconnect and not on hci
destruction.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds HCI_ACL_TX_TIMEOUT and clear conversion from msec to jiffies
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds support for Number Of Completed Data Blocks Event.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the necessary logic to perform name lookups after
inquiry completes. This is done by checking for entries in the resolve
list after each inquiry complete and remote name complete HCI event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds proper state tracking to the device discovery process.
This makes it possible to return appropriate errors when trying to stop
a non-active discovery or start discovery when it is already ongoing.
Once name resolving is implemented this also makes it possible to know
what the right action to do is when a remote name lookup is cancelled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This struct is used for not just inquiry caching but also for general
device discovery state tracking so it's better to rename it to something
more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If user-space has already confirmed the name for a remote device we
shouldn't request confirmation again. The simplest way to do this is to
return the name state from hci_inquiry_cache_update (if it is anything
else than unknown then we do not need confirmation from user-space).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds initial support for mgmt_confirm_name. It adds the
necessary tracking of the name state by extending the inquiry cache. The
actual name resolving operation (to be done once inquiry is finished) is
not yet part of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The EIR defines are needed also outside of mgmt.c (e.g. in hci_event.c
to check if EIR data has the complete name) so it's better to have them
in a single public place, i.e. hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes it possible to use the convenience functions provided for
standard kernel list types and it also makes it easier to extend the use
of the cache for the management interface where e.g. name resolving
control will be needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently, it is not easily possible to get TOS/DSCP value of packets from
an incoming TCP stream. The mechanism is there, IP_PKTOPTIONS getsockopt
with IP_RECVTOS set, the same way as incoming TTL can be queried. This is
not actually implemented for TOS, though.
This patch adds this functionality, both for IPv4 (IP_PKTOPTIONS) and IPv6
(IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS). For IPv4, like in the IP_RECVTTL case, the value of
the TOS field is stored from the other party's ACK.
This is needed for proxies which require DSCP transparency. One such example
is at http://zph.bratcheda.org/.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the netprio_cgroup module is not loaded, net_prio_subsys_id
is -1, and so sock_update_prioidx() accesses cgroup_subsys array
with negative index subsys[-1].
Make the code resembles cls_cgroup code, which is bug free.
Origionally-authored-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For HS transport the maximum message size depends on the MTU-size
of the HS-device bound to the AF_IUCV socket. This patch adds a
getsockopt option MSGSIZE returning the maximum message size that
can be handled for this AF_IUCV socket.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch saves the net_device in the iucv_sock structure during
bind in order to fasten skb sending.
In addition some other small improvements are made for HS transport:
- error checking when sending skbs
- locking changes in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
- skb freeing in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
And finally it contains code cleanup to get rid of iucv_skb_queue_purge.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP_UNICAST_IF feature is needed by the Wine project. This patch
implements the feature by setting the outgoing interface in a similar
fashion to that of IP_MULTICAST_IF. A separate option is needed to
handle this feature since the existing options do not provide all of
the characteristics required by IP_UNICAST_IF, a summary is provided
below.
SO_BINDTODEVICE:
* SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative privileges, IP_UNICAST_IF
does not. From reading some old mailing list articles my
understanding is that SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative
privileges because it can override the administrator's routing
settings.
* The SO_BINDTODEVICE option restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic, IP_UNICAST_IF only impacts outbound traffic.
IP_PKTINFO:
* Since IP_PKTINFO and IP_UNICAST_IF are independent options,
implementing IP_UNICAST_IF with IP_PKTINFO will likely break some
applications.
* Implementing IP_UNICAST_IF on top of IP_PKTINFO significantly
complicates the Wine codebase and reduces the socket performance
(doing this requires a lot of extra communication between the
"server" and "user" layers).
bind():
* bind() does not work on broadcast packets, IP_UNICAST_IF is
specifically intended to work with broadcast packets.
* Like SO_BINDTODEVICE, bind() restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Erich E. Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan.
However, some devices that implement hw scan might not
need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and
thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine.
(Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it
currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off)
Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed by mac80211 to keep a reference
to a BSS alive for the auth process. Remove the
old version of cfg80211_ref_bss() since it's
not actually used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
(based on Eliad's patch)
Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever
the state of a station changes. The driver is only
notified when the station is actually in the mac80211
hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions.
To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls
with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST
state.
This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in
handling it when a station is inserted, particularly
in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry
around for mac80211 purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eric Dumazet found that commit 813b3b5db8
(ipv4: Use caller's on-stack flowi as-is in output
route lookups.) that comes in 3.0 added a regression.
The problem appears to be that resulting flowi4_oif is
used incorrectly as input parameter to some routing lookups.
The result is that when connecting to local port without
listener if the IP address that is used is not on a loopback
interface we incorrectly assign RTN_UNICAST to the output
route because no route is matched by oif=lo. The RST packet
can not be sent immediately by tcp_v4_send_reset because
it expects RTN_LOCAL.
So, change ip_route_connect and ip_route_newports to
update the flowi4 fields that are input parameters because
we do not want unnecessary binding to oif.
To make it clear what are the input parameters that
can be modified during lookup and to show which fields of
floiw4 are reused add a new function to update the flowi4
structure: flowi4_update_output.
Thanks to Yurij M. Plotnikov for providing a bug report including a
program to reproduce the problem.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet for tracking the problem down to
tcp_v4_send_reset and providing initial fix.
Reported-by: Yurij M. Plotnikov <Yurij.Plotnikov@oktetlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement RX flip buffer in the cfhsi_rx_done function,
piggy-backed frames is also supported.
This gives a significant performance gain for CAIF over HSI.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument is not used at all, and it's not necessary, because
a specific callback handler of course knows which subsys it
belongs to.
Now only ->pupulate() takes this argument, because the handlers of
this callback always call cgroup_add_file()/cgroup_add_files().
So we reduce a few lines of code, though the shrinking of object size
is minimal.
16 files changed, 113 insertions(+), 162 deletions(-)
text data bss dec hex filename
5486240 656987 7039960 13183187 c928d3 vmlinux.o.orig
5486170 656987 7039960 13183117 c9288d vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
It went from unused, to commented out, and never changing after
that.
Just get rid of it, if someone wants it they can unearth it from
the history.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of our machines were reporting:
TCP: too many of orphaned sockets
even when the number of orphaned sockets was well below the
limit.
We print a different message depending on whether we're out
of TCP memory or there are too many orphaned sockets.
Also move the check out of line and cleanup the messages
that were printed.
Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Suggested-by: Mohan Srinivasan <mohan@fb.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes sure we use appropriate memory barriers before
publishing tp->md5sig_info, allowing tcp_md5_do_lookup() being used from
tcp_v4_send_reset() without holding socket lock (upcoming patch from
Shawn Lu)
Note we also need to respect rcu grace period before its freeing, since
we can free socket without this grace period thanks to
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to support proper RST messages for TCP MD5 flows, we
need to allow access to MD5 keys without locking listener socket.
This conversion is a nice cleanup, and shrinks size of timewait sockets
by 80 bytes.
IPv6 code reuses generic code found in IPv4 instead of duplicating it.
Control path uses GFP_KERNEL allocations instead of GFP_ATOMIC.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer use md5_add() method from struct tcp_sock_af_ops
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Handle MCS masks set by the user.
* Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set,
also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary.
* add debugfs files to observate the rate selection
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS
rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
text data bss dec hex filename
8455963 532732 1810804 10799499 a4c98b vmlinux.o.before
8448899 532732 1810804 10792435 a4adf3 vmlinux.o
This change also removes commented-out copy of __nlmsg_put
which was last touched in 2005 with "Enable once all users
have been converted" comment on top.
Changes in v2: rediffed against net-next.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <vda.linux@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl_tcp_mem() initialization was moved to sysctl_tcp_ipv4.c
in commit 3dc43e3e4d, since it
became a per-ns value.
That code, however, will never run when CONFIG_SYSCTL is
disabled, leading to bogus values on those fields - causing hung
TCP sockets.
This patch fixes it by keeping an initialization code in
tcp_init(). It will be overwritten by the first net namespace
init if CONFIG_SYSCTL is compiled in, and do the right thing if
it is compiled out.
It is also named properly as tcp_init_mem(), to properly signal
its non-sysctl side effect on TCP limits.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4F22D05A.8030604@parallels.com
[ renamed the function, tidied up the changelog a bit ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition net_generic should never be called when it can return
NULL. Fail conspicously with a BUG_ON to make it clear when people mess
up that a NULL return should never happen.
Recently there was a bug in the CAIF subsystem where it was registered
with register_pernet_device instead of register_pernet_subsys. It was
erroneously concluded that net_generic could validly return NULL and
that net_assign_generic was buggy (when it was just inefficient).
Hopefully this BUG_ON will prevent people to coming to similar erroneous
conclusions in the futrue.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type'
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 36a1211970 removed linux/module.h
include statement from one of the headers that end up in net/sock.h.
It was providing us with static_branch() definition implicitly, so
after its removal the build got broken.
To fix this, and avoid having this happening in the future,
let me do the right thing and include linux/jump_label.h
explicitly in sock.h.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davem says:
1) Fix JIT code generation on x86-64 for divide by zero, from Eric Dumazet.
2) tg3 header length computation correction from Eric Dumazet.
3) More build and reference counting fixes for socket memory cgroup
code from Glauber Costa.
4) module.h snuck back into a core header after all the hard work we
did to remove that, from Paul Gortmaker and Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
5) Fix PHY naming regression and add some new PCI IDs in stmmac, from
Alessandro Rubini.
6) Netlink message generation fix in new team driver, should only advertise
the entries that changed during events, from Jiri Pirko.
7) SRIOV VF registration and unregistration fixes, and also add a
missing PCI ID, from Roopa Prabhu.
8) Fix infinite loop in tx queue flush code of brcmsmac, from Stanislaw Gruszka.
9) ftgmac100/ftmac100 build fix, missing interrupt.h include.
10) Memory leak fix in net/hyperv do_set_mutlicast() handling, from Wei Yongjun.
11) Off by one fix in netem packet scheduler, from Vijay Subramanian.
12) TCP loss detection fix from Yuchung Cheng.
13) TCP reset packet MD5 calculation uses wrong address, fix from Shawn Lu.
14) skge carrier assertion and DMA mapping fixes from Stephen Hemminger.
15) Congestion recovery undo performed at the wrong spot in BIC and CUBIC
congestion control modules, fix from Neal Cardwell.
16) Ethtool ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO is unnecessarily restrictive, from Michał Mirosław.
17) Fix triggerable race in ipv6 sysctl handling, from Francesco Ruggeri.
18) Statistics bug fixes in mlx4 from Eugenia Emantayev.
19) rds locking bug fix during info dumps, from your's truly.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (67 commits)
rds: Make rds_sock_lock BH rather than IRQ safe.
netprio_cgroup.h: dont include module.h from other includes
net: flow_dissector.c missing include linux/export.h
team: send only changed options/ports via netlink
net/hyperv: fix possible memory leak in do_set_multicast()
drivers/net: dsa/mv88e6xxx.c files need linux/module.h
stmmac: added PCI identifiers
llc: Fix race condition in llc_ui_recvmsg
stmmac: fix phy naming inconsistency
dsa: Add reporting of silicon revision for Marvell 88E6123/88E6161/88E6165 switches.
tg3: fix ipv6 header length computation
skge: add byte queue limit support
mv643xx_eth: Add Rx Discard and Rx Overrun statistics
bnx2x: fix compilation error with SOE in fw_dump
bnx2x: handle CHIP_REVISION during init_one
bnx2x: allow user to change ring size in ISCSI SD mode
bnx2x: fix Big-Endianess in ethtool -t
bnx2x: fixed ethtool statistics for MF modes
bnx2x: credit-leakage fixup on vlan_mac_del_all
macvlan: fix a possible use after free
...
A considerable effort was invested in wiping out module.h
from being present in all the other standard includes. This
one leaked back in, but once again isn't strictly necessary,
so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to select between multiple targets in NCI.
If only one target is found, it will be auto-activated.
If more than one target is found, then DISCOVER_NTF will be
generated for each target, and the host should select one by
calling DISCOVER_SELECT_CMD. Then, the target will be activated.
If the activation fails, GENERIC_ERROR_NTF is generated.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC core layer should not set the target_idx.
Instead, the driver layer (e.g. NCI, PN533) should set the
target_idx, so that it will be able to identify the target
when its I/F (e.g. activate_target) is called.
This is required in order to support multiple targets.
Note that currently supported drivers (PN533 and NCI) don't
use the target_idx in their implementation.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make a clear separation between NCI states and flags.
This is required in order to support more NCI states (e.g.
for multiple targets support).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add NCI data exchange timer to catch timeouts,
and call the data exchange callback with an error.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Export new attributes sensb_res for tech B and sensf_res
for tech F in the target info (returned as a response to
NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).
The max size of the attributes nfcid1, sensb_res and sensf_res
is exported to user space though include/linux/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The local maximum transmit power is the maximum power a wireless device
allowed to transmit. If Power Constraint is presented, the local maximum
power equals to the maximum allowed power defined in regulatory domain
minus power constraint.
The maximum transmit power is maximum power a wireless device capable of
transmitting, and should be used in Power Capability element (7.3.2.16
IEEE802.11 2007).
The transmit power from a wireless device should not greater than the
local maximum transmit power.
The maximum transmit power was not calculated correctly in the current
Linux wireless/mac80211 when Power Constraint is presented.
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Increase NCI deactivate timeout from 5 sec to 30 sec.
NCI deactivate procedure might take a long time,
depending on the local and remote parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type'
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fixes:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587:1: warning: return from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a case in __sk_mem_schedule(), where an allocation
is beyond the maximum, but yet we are allowed to proceed.
It happens under the following condition:
sk->sk_wmem_queued + size >= sk->sk_sndbuf
The network code won't revert the allocation in this case,
meaning that at some point later it'll try to do it. Since
this is never communicated to the underlying res_counter
code, there is an inbalance in res_counter uncharge operation.
I see two ways of fixing this:
1) storing the information about those allocations somewhere
in memcg, and then deducting from that first, before
we start draining the res_counter,
2) providing a slightly different allocation function for
the res_counter, that matches the original behavior of
the network code more closely.
I decided to go for #2 here, believing it to be more elegant,
since #1 would require us to do basically that, but in a more
obscure way.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is still a build bug with the sock memcg code, that triggers
with !CONFIG_NET, that survived my series of randconfig builds.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix new kernel-doc warning:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:372): No description found for parameter 'sk_cgrp_prioidx'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make C=2 CF="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__" M=net
And fix flowi4_init_output() prototype for sport
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
pptp: Accept packet with seq zero
RDS: Remove some unused iWARP code
net: fsl: fec: handle 10Mbps speed in RMII mode
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c: add missing iounmap
drivers/net/ethernet/tundra/tsi108_eth.c: add missing iounmap
ksz884x: fix mtu for VLAN
net_sched: sfq: add optional RED on top of SFQ
dp83640: Fix NOHZ local_softirq_pending 08 warning
gianfar: Fix invalid TX frames returned on error queue when time stamping
gianfar: Fix missing sock reference when processing TX time stamps
phylib: introduce mdiobus_alloc_size()
net: decrement memcg jump label when limit, not usage, is changed
net: reintroduce missing rcu_assign_pointer() calls
inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req_compat into inet_diag_req
inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req into inet_diag_req_v2
bond_alb: don't disable softirq under bond_alb_xmit
mac80211: fix rx->key NULL pointer dereference in promiscuous mode
nl80211: fix old station flags compatibility
mdio-octeon: use an unique MDIO bus name.
mdio-gpio: use an unique MDIO bus name.
...
Adds an optional Random Early Detection on each SFQ flow queue.
Traditional SFQ limits count of packets, while RED permits to also
control number of bytes per flow, and adds ECN capability as well.
1) We dont handle the idle time management in this RED implementation,
since each 'new flow' begins with a null qavg. We really want to address
backlogged flows.
2) if headdrop is selected, we try to ecn mark first packet instead of
currently enqueued packet. This gives faster feedback for tcp flows
compared to traditional RED [ marking the last packet in queue ]
Example of use :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 4sec sfq \
limit 3000 headdrop flows 512 divisor 16384 \
redflowlimit 100000 min 8000 max 60000 probability 0.20 ecn
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
ewma 6 min 8000b max 60000b probability 0.2 ecn
prob_mark 0 prob_mark_head 4876 prob_drop 6131
forced_mark 0 forced_mark_head 0 forced_drop 0
Sent 1175211782 bytes 777537 pkt (dropped 6131, overlimits 11007
requeues 0)
rate 99483Kbit 8219pps backlog 689392b 456p requeues 0
In this test, with 64 netperf TCP_STREAM sessions, 50% using ECN enabled
flows, we can see number of packets CE marked is smaller than number of
drops (for non ECN flows)
If same test is run, without RED, we can check backlog is much bigger.
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
Sent 1148683617 bytes 795006 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 98429Kbit 8521pps backlog 1221290b 841p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: iattr_valid flags are kernel internal flags map them to 9p values.
fs/9p: We should not allocate a new inode when creating hardlines.
fs/9p: v9fs_stat2inode should update suid/sgid bits.
9p: Reduce object size with CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG
fs/9p: check schedule_timeout_interruptible return value
Fix up trivial conflicts in fs/9p/{vfs_inode.c,vfs_inode_dotl.c} due to
debug messages having changed to use p9_debug() on one hand, and the
changes for umode_t on the other.
* 'for-3.3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu:
percpu: Remove irqsafe_cpu_xxx variants
Fix up conflict in arch/x86/include/asm/percpu.h due to clash with
cebef5beed ("x86: Fix and improve percpu_cmpxchg{8,16}b_double()")
which edited the (now removed) irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg*_double code.
so move it there. Fixes build errors when CONFIG_INET is not defined:
In file included from include/linux/tcp.h:211:0,
from include/linux/ipv6.h:221,
from include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h:26,
from include/linux/nfs_fs.h:50,
from init/do_mounts.c:20:
include/net/sock.h: In function 'sk_update_clone':
include/net/sock.h:1109:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'sock_update_memcg' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (53 commits)
Kconfig: acpi: Fix typo in comment.
misc latin1 to utf8 conversions
devres: Fix a typo in devm_kfree comment
btrfs: free-space-cache.c: remove extra semicolon.
fat: Spelling s/obsolate/obsolete/g
SCSI, pmcraid: Fix spelling error in a pmcraid_err() call
tools/power turbostat: update fields in manpage
mac80211: drop spelling fix
types.h: fix comment spelling for 'architectures'
typo fixes: aera -> area, exntension -> extension
devices.txt: Fix typo of 'VMware'.
sis900: Fix enum typo 'sis900_rx_bufer_status'
decompress_bunzip2: remove invalid vi modeline
treewide: Fix comment and string typo 'bufer'
hyper-v: Update MAINTAINERS
treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments.
clockevents: drop unknown Kconfig symbol GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_MIGR
gpio: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol 'CS5535_GPIO'
leds: Kconfig: Fix typo 'D2NET_V2'
sound: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol ARCH_CLPS7500
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/powerpc/platforms/40x/Kconfig (some new
kconfig additions, close to removed commented-out old ones)
Sockets can also be created through sock_clone. Because it copies
all data in the sock structure, it also copies the memcg-related pointer,
and all should be fine. However, since we now use reference counts in
socket creation, we are left with some sockets that have no reference
counts. It matters when we destroy them, since it leads to a mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the red_parms structure into two components.
One holding the RED 'constant' parameters, and one containing the
variables.
This permits a size reduction of GRED qdisc, and is a preliminary step
to add an optional RED unit to SFQ.
SFQRED will have a single red_parms structure shared by all flows, and a
private red_vars per flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce object size by deduplicating formats.
Use vsprintf extension %pV.
Rename P9_DPRINTK uses to p9_debug, align arguments.
Add function for _p9_debug and macro to add __func__.
Add missing "\n"s to p9_debug uses.
Remove embedded function names as p9_debug adds it.
Remove P9_EPRINTK macro and convert use to pr_<level>.
Add and use pr_fmt and pr_<level>.
$ size fs/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
62133 984 16000 79117 1350d fs/9p/built-in.o.new
67342 984 16928 85254 14d06 fs/9p/built-in.o.old
$ size net/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
88792 4148 22024 114964 1c114 net/9p/built-in.o.new
94072 4148 23232 121452 1da6c net/9p/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Recently Dave noticed that a test we did in ipv6_add_addr to see if we next hop
route for the interface we're adding an addres to was wrong (see commit
7ffbcecbee). for one, it never triggers, and two,
it was completely wrong to begin with. This test was meant to cover this
section of RFC 4429:
3.3 Modifications to RFC 2462 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration
* (modifies section 5.5) A host MAY choose to configure a new address
as an Optimistic Address. A host that does not know the SLLAO
of its router SHOULD NOT configure a new address as Optimistic.
A router SHOULD NOT configure an Optimistic Address.
This patch should bring us into proper compliance with the above clause. Since
we only add a SLAAC address after we've received a RA which may or may not
contain a source link layer address option, we can pass a pointer to that option
to addrconf_prefix_rcv (which may be null if the option is not present), and
only set the optimistic flag if the option was found in the RA.
Change notes:
(v2) modified the new parameter to addrconf_prefix_rcv to be a bool rather than
a pointer to make its use more clear as per request from davem.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfcid1 is the NFC-A identifier.
It is exported as an attribute of the target info
(returned as a response to NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for NCI Interface Error Notification.
When this notification is received and we're during a
data exchange transaction, indicate an error to the NFC
core layer via the data exchange callback.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion, and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses, and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch renames hdev->extfeatures to hdev->host_features since it
holds the extended features Page 1 (aka host features).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We should not forget to try for real server with port 0
in the backup server when processing the sync message. We should
do it in all cases because the backup server can use different
forwarding method.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During some debugging I needed to look into how /proc/net/ipv6_route
operated and in my digging I found its calling fib6_clean_all() which uses
"write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock)" before doing the walk of the table. I
found this on 2.6.32, but reading the code I believe the same basic idea
exists currently. Looking at the rtnetlink code they are only calling
"read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock);" via fib6_dump_table(). While I realize
reading from proc isn't the recommended way of fetching the ipv6 route
table; taking a write lock seems unnecessary and would probably cause
network performance issues.
To verify this I loaded up the ipv6 route table and then ran iperf in 3
cases:
* doing nothing
* reading ipv6 route table via proc
(while :; do cat /proc/net/ipv6_route > /dev/null; done)
* reading ipv6 route table via rtnetlink
(while :; do ip -6 route show table all > /dev/null; done)
* Load the ipv6 route table up with:
* for ((i = 0;i < 4000;i++)); do ip route add unreachable 2000::$i; done
* iperf commands:
* client: iperf -i 1 -V -c <ipv6 addr>
* server: iperf -V -s
* iperf results - 3 runs each (in Mbits/sec)
* nothing: client: 927,927,927 server: 927,927,927
* proc: client: 179,97,96,113 server: 142,112,133
* iproute: client: 928,927,928 server: 927,927,927
lock_stat shows taking the write lock is causing the slowdown. Using this
info I decided to write a version of fib6_clean_all() which replaces
write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock) with read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock). With
this new function I see the same results as with my rtnetlink iperf test.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <joshhunt00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tcp diag reports rqlen and wqlen values similar to how
the CINQ/COUTQ iotcls do. To make unix diag report these values
in the same way move the respective code into helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just obscures that the netdevice pointer and the expires value are
implemented in the dst_entry sub-object of the ipv6 route.
And it makes grepping for dst_entry member uses much harder too.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, create and use an rt6_bind_neighbour() in net/ipv6/route.c to
consolidate some common logic.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to perform a proper universal hash on a vector of integers,
we have to use different universal hashes on each vector element.
Which means we need 4 different hash randoms for ipv6.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c
Just two overlapping changes, one added an initialization of
a local variable, and another change added a new local variable.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NAT range to nlattr conversation callbacks and helpers are entirely
dead code and are also useless since there are no NAT ranges in conntrack
context, they are only used for initially selecting a tuple. The final NAT
information is contained in the selected tuples of the conntrack entry.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The only remaining user of NAT protocol module reference counting is NAT
ctnetlink support. Since this is a fairly short sequence of code, convert
over to use RCU and remove module reference counting.
Module unregistration is already protected by RCU using synchronize_rcu(),
so no further changes are necessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Export the NAT definitions to userspace. So far userspace (specifically,
iptables) has been copying the headers files from include/net. Also
rename some structures and definitions in preparation for IPv6 NAT.
Since these have never been officially exported, this doesn't affect
existing userspace code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This partially reworks bc01befdcf
which added userspace expectation support.
This patch removes the nf_ct_userspace_expect_list since now we
force to use the new iptables CT target feature to add the helper
extension for conntracks that have attached expectations from
userspace.
A new version of the proof-of-concept code to implement userspace
helpers from userspace is available at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-POC.tar.bz2
This patch also modifies the CT target to allow to set the
conntrack's userspace helper status flags. This flag is used
to tell the conntrack system to explicitly allocate the helper
extension.
This helper extension is useful to link the userspace expectations
with the master conntrack that is being tracked from one userspace
helper.
This feature fixes a problem in the current approach of the
userspace helper support. Basically, if the master conntrack that
has got a userspace expectation vanishes, the expectations point to
one invalid memory address. Thus, triggering an oops in the
expectation deletion event path.
I decided not to add a new revision of the CT target because
I only needed to add a new flag for it. I'll document in this
issue in the iptables manpage. I have also changed the return
value from EINVAL to EOPNOTSUPP if one flag not supported is
specified. Thus, in the future adding new features that only
require a new flag can be added without a new revision.
There is no official code using this in userspace (apart from
the proof-of-concept) that uses this infrastructure but there
will be some by beginning 2012.
Reported-by: Sam Roberts <vieuxtech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb->truesize might be big even for a small packet.
Its even bigger after commit 87fb4b7b53 (net: more accurate skb
truesize) and big MTU.
We should allow queueing at least one packet per receiver, even with a
low RCVBUF setting.
Reported-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They don't need to disable interrupts anymore, we only run in process
context now.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We simply say that regular this_cpu use must be safe regardless of
preemption and interrupt state. That has no material change for x86
and s390 implementations of this_cpu operations. However, arches that
do not provide their own implementation for this_cpu operations will
now get code generated that disables interrupts instead of preemption.
-tj: This is part of on-going percpu API cleanup. For detailed
discussion of the subject, please refer to the following thread.
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1222078
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <alpine.DEB.2.00.1112221154380.11787@router.home>
To achive Man-In-The-Middle (MITM) level security with Low Energy,
we have to enable User Passkey Comparison. This commit modifies the
hard-coded JUST-WORKS pairing mechanism to support query via the MGMT
interface of Passkey comparison and User Confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann<marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The struct hci_proto and all related register/unregister and dispatching
code was removed. HCI core code now call directly the SCO and L2CAP
event functions.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make code readable by removing magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flow_cach_flush() might sleep but can be called from
atomic context via the xfrm garbage collector. So add
a flow_cache_flush_deferred() function and use this if
the xfrm garbage colector is invoked from within the
packet path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
to record the state of SACK/FACK and DSACK for better readability and maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handling of SCO audio links and the L2CAP protocol are essential to
any system with Bluetooth thus are always compiled in from now on.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It makes more sense this way, since info_timer is a timer using delayed
work API.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This one also needs to run in process context
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
af_iucv differs unnecessarily between state IUCV_SEVERED and
IUCV_DISCONN. This patch removes state IUCV_SEVERED.
While simplifying af_iucv, this patch removes the 2nd invocation of
cpcmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
af_iucv contains timer infrastructure which is not exploited.
This patch removes the timer related code parts.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
module_param(bool) used to counter-intuitively take an int. In
fddd5201 (mid-2009) we allowed bool or int/unsigned int using a messy
trick.
It's time to remove the int/unsigned int option. For this version
it'll simply give a warning, but it'll break next kernel version.
(Thanks to Joe Perches for suggesting coccinelle for 0/1 -> true/false).
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8ffd3208 voids the previous patches f6778aab and 810c0719 for
limiting the autoclose value. If userspace passes in -1 on 32-bit
platform, the overflow check didn't work and autoclose would be set
to 0xffffffff.
This patch defines a max_autoclose (in seconds) for limiting the value
and exposes it through sysctl, with the following intentions.
1) Avoid overflowing autoclose * HZ.
2) Keep the default autoclose bound consistent across 32- and 64-bit
platforms (INT_MAX / HZ in this patch).
3) Keep the autoclose value consistent between setsockopt() and
getsockopt() calls.
Suggested-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5c3ddec73d.
S390 qeth driver actually still uses the setup ops.
Reported-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the necessary structs for the Confirm Name command. This
ensures that the protocol definitions are up to date with the latest
mgmt specification. The actual implementation of the command will follow
in a later patch-set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch fixes the opcodes of the Block/Unblock device commands to
match with what user-space expects and to confirm with the latest mgmt
specification. The reason the values were wrong was a missing Confirm
Name command definition (which will be added by a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a missing confirm_name field to mgmt_ev_device_found.
Support for setting the correct value for this field is not implemented
yet, but having it part of the struct definition ensures that user-space
gets correct sized device_found events and is thereby able to do at
least rudimentary parsing of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implement block size read function. Use different variables for
packet-based and block-based flow control.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the ordering and opcodes of mgmt messages to match
the latest API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We do not want the service cache to be enabled indefinitely after
mgmt_read_info is called. To solve this a timer is added which will
automatically disable the cache if mgmt_set_dev_class isn't called
within 5 seconds of calling mgmt_read_info.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Instead of having an explicit service cache command we can make the mgmt
API simpler by implicitly enabling the cache when mgmt_read_info is
called for the first time and disabling it when mgmt_set_dev_class is
called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Fast connectable is logically after the connectable property so that's
where it should show up in the code as well (it's also after connectable
in the settings bitfield).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the mgmt_read_info and related messages to the latest
management API which uses a bitfield of settings instead of individual
boolean values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we run in process context now we don't need worqueue to add e del from
sysfs.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move some checking code that was in l2cap_sock_connect() to
l2cap_chan_connect(). Thus we can invert the lock calls, i.e., call
lock_sock() before hci_dev_lock() to avoid a deadlock scenario.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Another step of remove interrupt context from Bluetooth Core.
Use the system workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This should simplify Bluetooth core processing a lot.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As part of the moving on all the Bluetooth processing to Process context.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handling hci_conn_hash with RCU make us avoid some locking and disable
tasklets.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
spin lock doesn't fit ok anymore on the new code based on workqueues.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP timers also need to run in process context. As the works in l2cap
are small we are using the system worqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As HCI rx path is now done in process context it makes sense to do all the
timer in process context as well.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth rx task runs now in a workqueue, so it a good approach run any
timer that share locking with process context code also in a workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now we run everything in HCI in process context, so it's a better idea use
mutex instead spin_lock. The macro remains hci_dev_lock() (and I got rid
of hci_dev_lock_bh()), of course.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Run recv process in workqueue helps a lot with our processing as the recv
path will also be in the process context, i.e., now all our tx and rx are
in process context.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We can use atomic64_t infrastructure to avoid taking a spinlock in fast
path, and remove inaccuracies while reading values in
ctnetlink_dump_counters() and connbytes_mt() on 32bit arches.
Suggested by Pablo.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without an API for setting and getting the local and remote general bytes,
drivers won't be able to properly establish a DEP link.
This API also allows them to propagate the remote general bytes they get
from the DEP link establishment up to the LLCP layer.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC-DEP (Data Exchange Protocol) is an NFC MAC layer.
This command allows to enable and disable the DEP link on to which e.g.
LLCP can run.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a factorization of the current rawsock tx skb allocation routine,
as it will be used by the LLCP code.
We also rename nfc_alloc_skb to nfc_alloc_recv_skb for consistency sake.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit b099ce2602 (net: Batch inet_twsk_purge) added rcu protection
on tw_net for no obvious reason.
struct net are refcounted anyway since timewait sockets escape from rcu
protected sections. tw_net stay valid for the whole timwait lifetime.
This also removes a lot of sparse errors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's simpler to just keep these things out until there is a real user
of them, so we can see what the needs actually are, rather than keep
these things around as useless overhead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses the "tcp.limit_in_bytes" field of the kmem_cgroup to
effectively control the amount of kernel memory pinned by a cgroup.
This value is ignored in the root cgroup, and in all others,
caps the value specified by the admin in the net namespaces'
view of tcp_sysctl_mem.
If namespaces are being used, the admin is allowed to set a
value bigger than cgroup's maximum, the same way it is allowed
to set pretty much unlimited values in a real box.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows each namespace to independently set up
its levels for tcp memory pressure thresholds. This patch
alone does not buy much: we need to make this values
per group of process somehow. This is achieved in the
patches that follows in this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces memory pressure controls for the tcp
protocol. It uses the generic socket memory pressure code
introduced in earlier patches, and fills in the
necessary data in cg_proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this work is to move the memory pressure tcp
controls to a cgroup, instead of just relying on global
conditions.
To avoid excessive overhead in the network fast paths,
the code that accounts allocated memory to a cgroup is
hidden inside a static_branch(). This branch is patched out
until the first non-root cgroup is created. So when nobody
is using cgroups, even if it is mounted, no significant performance
penalty should be seen.
This patch handles the generic part of the code, and has nothing
tcp-specific.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtsu.com>
CC: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces all uses of struct sock fields' memory_pressure,
memory_allocated, sockets_allocated, and sysctl_mem to acessor
macros. Those macros can either receive a socket argument, or a mem_cgroup
argument, depending on the context they live in.
Since we're only doing a macro wrapping here, no performance impact at all is
expected in the case where we don't have cgroups disabled.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of testing defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP diag get_exact handler will require them to find a
socket by provided net, [sd]addr-s, [sd]ports and device.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.
Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.
New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.
# tc -d qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15
Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :
http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf
Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2
Every 500 ms:
if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;
target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)
Changes against our RED implementation are :
max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.
To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.
dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.
Example on a 10Mbit link :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit
# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix dump upon device removal, by moving deinitialization from
platform-device-remove to network-interface-uninit.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
like rt6_lookup, but allows caller to pass in flowi6 structure.
Will be used by the upcoming ipv6 netfilter reverse path filter
match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It's only used in net/ipv6/route.c and the NULL device check is
superfluous for all of the existing call sites.
Just expand the __ndisc_lookup_errno() call at each location.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While parsing through IPv6 extension headers, fragment headers are
skipped making them invisible to the caller. This reports the
fragment offset of the last header in order to make it possible to
determine whether the packet is fragmented and, if so whether it is
a first or last fragment.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Open vSwitch uses Generic Netlink interface for communication
between userspace and kernel module. genl_notify() is used
for sending notification back to userspace.
genl_notify() is analogous to rtnl_notify() but uses genl_sock
instead of rtnl.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Use bluetooth names instead of BT SIG assigned numbers
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch adds the parameter struct and the command complete event
handler to the LE Set Scan Parameter HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the dev_flags field to struct hci_dev. This new
flags variable should be used to define flags related to BR/EDR
and/or LE controller itself. It should be used to define flags
which represents states from the controller. The dev_flags is
cleared in case the controller sends a Reset Command Complete
Event to the host.
Also, this patch adds the HCI_LE_SCAN flag which was created to
track if the controller is performing LE scan or not. The flag
is set/cleared when the controller starts/stops scanning.
This is an initial effort to stop using hdev->flags to define
internal flags since it is exported to userspace by an ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Upstream Code Aurora function with minor trivial fixes.
Origin: git://codeaurora.org/kernel/msm.git
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flowi4 (saddr,daddr) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include linux/if_ether.h to fix below build errors:
CC arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o
In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.c:19:
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_dsa_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: 'ETH_P_DSA' undeclared (first use in this function)
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: for each function it appears in.)
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_trailer_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:197: error: 'ETH_P_TRAILER' undeclared (first use in this function)
make[1]: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o] Error 1
make: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some MITM protection pairing scenarios, the user is
required to enter or accept a 6 digit passkey.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove unused enum cfcnfg_phy_type and the parameter to cfserl_create.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enrolling CAIF link layers are refactored.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit a4a710c4a7 (pkt_sched: Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to
6) it seems RED/GRED are broken.
red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time() computes a delay in us units, but this
delay is now 16 times bigger than real delay, so the final qavg result
smaller than expected.
Use standard kernel time services since there is no need to obfuscate
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of instantiating an entire new neigh_table instance
just for ATM handling, use the neigh device private facility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to alloc for device specific private areas for
neighbour entries, and in order to do that we have to move
away from the fixed allocation size enforced by using
neigh_table->kmem_cachep
As a nice side effect we can now use kfree_rcu().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tons of drivers missed that we use mBm and not dBm...
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Le lundi 28 novembre 2011 à 19:06 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
> Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2011 08:25:39 -0800
>
> >> +bool skb_flow_dissect(const struct sk_buff *skb, struct flow_keys
> >> *flow)
> >> +{
> >> + int poff, nhoff = skb_network_offset(skb);
> >> + u8 ip_proto;
> >> + u16 proto = skb->protocol;
> >
> > __be16 instead of u16 for proto?
>
> I'll take care of this when I apply these patches.
( CC trimmed )
Thanks David !
Here is a small patch to use one 64bit load/store on x86_64 instead of
two 32bit load/stores.
[PATCH net-next] flow_dissector: use a 64bit load/store
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flow_keys (src,dst) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 2005 (c1b4a7e695)
tcp_tso_should_defer has been using tcp_max_burst() as a target limit
for deciding how large to make outgoing TSO packets when not using
sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor. But since 2008
(dd9e0dda66) tcp_max_burst() returns the
reordering degree. We should not have tcp_tso_should_defer attempt to
build larger segments just because there is more reordering. This
commit splits the notion of deferral size used in TSO from the notion
of burst size used in cwnd moderation, and returns the TSO deferral
limit to its original value.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and
any definitions they use are not really private to the core as
the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use at least two flow dissectors in network stack, with known
limitations and code duplication.
Introduce skb_flow_dissect() to factorize this, highly inspired from
existing dissector from __skb_get_rxhash()
Note : We extensively use skb_header_pointer(), this permits us to not
touch skb at all.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now inetpeer is the place where we cache redirect information for ipv4
destinations, we must be able to invalidate informations when a route is
added/removed on host.
As inetpeer is not yet namespace aware, this patch adds a shared
redirect_genid, and a per inetpeer redirect_genid. This might be changed
later if inetpeer becomes ns aware.
Cache information for one inerpeer is valid as long as its
redirect_genid has the same value than global redirect_genid.
Reported-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which
blocks building DSA as a module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move all mtu handling from dst_mtu() down to the protocol
layer. So each protocol can implement the mtu handling in
a different manner.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We plan to invoke the dst_opt->default_mtu() method unconditioally
from dst_mtu(). So rename the method to dst_opt->mtu() to match
the name with the new meaning.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can not update iph->daddr in ip_options_rcv_srr(), It is too early.
When some exception ocurred later (eg. in ip_forward() when goto
sr_failed) we need the ip header be identical to the original one as
ICMP need it.
Add a field 'nexthop' in struct ip_options to save nexthop of LSRR
or SSRR option.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I broke the build with the addition of netprio_cgroups if CONFIG_CGROUPS=n.
This patch corrects it by moving the offending struct into an ifdef
CONFIG_CGROUPS block. Also clean up a few needless defines and inline functions
that don't get called if CONFIG_CGROUPS isn't defined while Im at it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
C assignment can handle struct in6_addr copying.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr_match() is errh, under-optimized.
Compiler doesn't know that memcmp() branch doesn't trigger for IPv4.
Also, pass addresses by value -- they fit into register.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the infrastructure code to create the network priority
cgroup. The cgroup, in addition to the standard processes file creates two
control files:
1) prioidx - This is a read-only file that exports the index of this cgroup.
This is a value that is both arbitrary and unique to a cgroup in this subsystem,
and is used to index the per-device priority map
2) priomap - This is a writeable file. On read it reports a table of 2-tuples
<name:priority> where name is the name of a network interface and priority is
indicates the priority assigned to frames egresessing on the named interface and
originating from a pid in this cgroup
This cgroup allows for skb priority to be set prior to a root qdisc getting
selected. This is benenficial for DCB enabled systems, in that it allows for any
application to use dcb configured priorities so without application modification
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an oops that can be triggered following this recipe:
0) make sure nf_conntrack_netlink and nf_conntrack_ipv4 are loaded.
1) container is started.
2) connect to it via lxc-console.
3) generate some traffic with the container to create some conntrack
entries in its table.
4) stop the container: you hit one oops because the conntrack table
cleanup tries to report the destroy event to user-space but the
per-netns nfnetlink socket has already gone (as the nfnetlink
socket is per-netns but event callback registration is global).
To fix this situation, we make the ctnl_notifier per-netns so the
callback is registered/unregistered if the container is
created/destroyed.
Alex Bligh and Alexey Dobriyan originally proposed one small patch to
check if the nfnetlink socket is gone in nfnetlink_has_listeners,
but this is a very visited path for events, thus, it may reduce
performance and it looks a bit hackish to check for the nfnetlink
socket only to workaround this situation. As a result, I decided
to follow the bigger path choice, which seems to look nicer to me.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers
split unexporting netdev_fix_features()
implemented %pNF
convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt_start_discovery command contains the type of discovery that
should be started so this should be passed to the start_discovery
function. This patch doesn't yet add any action depending on the type of
the requested discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The management protocol uses a single byte for error codes (aka command
status). In some places this value is directly copied from HCI and in
other a POSIX error number is used. This makes it impossible for
user-space to uniquily decipher the meaning of an error.
To solve this issue a new mgmt-specific set of error codes is added
along with a conversion table for HCI status values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The kernel needs to know whether it should connect to a device over
BR/EDR or over LE. This is particularly important in the future when
dual-mode device may be connectable also over LE. It is also important
if/when we decide to move the LE advertisement cache from the kernel
into user-space. Adding the type to the mgmt command also ensures
conformance with the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patches creates mgmt_stop_discovery_failed() which removes
pending MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY commands and sends proper command
status events.
This patch also fixes the MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY command leak in
case cancel inquiry fails.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch renames the function mgmt_inquiry_failed() to
mgmt_start_discovery_failed(). This function is more related
to MGMT_OP_START_DISCOVERY command handling than to inquiry.
Besides, this functions will be reused by LE based discovery
procedures in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mercredi 09 novembre 2011 à 16:21 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 16:16:44 -0500 (EST)
>
> > From: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
> > Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 12:14:09 +0100
> >
> >> unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
> >> neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
> >> for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
> >> sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
> > ...
> >
> > Ok, I've applied this, let's see what happens :-)
>
> Early answer, build fails.
>
> Please test build this patch with DECNET enabled and resubmit. The
> decnet neigh layer still refers to the removed ->queue_len member.
>
> Thanks.
Ouch, this was fixed on one machine yesterday, but not the other one I
used this morning, sorry.
[PATCH V5 net-next] neigh: new unresolved queue limits
unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
$ arp -d 192.168.20.108 ; ping -c 2 -s 8000 192.168.20.108
PING 192.168.20.108 (192.168.20.108) 8000(8028) bytes of data.
8008 bytes from 192.168.20.108: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.322 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for frame fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading /proc/net/snmp6 on a machine with a lot of cpus is very
expensive (can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPV6MSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding
values for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory (32MBytes on
non x86 arches)
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The macro is only used in ipw2200 and we certainly
don't want to encourage its use, so move it out of
the radiotap header file and into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check if NCI data flow control is used in nci_tx_work.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unused NCI operations, e.g. create static rf connection.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rename to l2cap_chan_check_security() to make it consistent with other
l2cap_exported functions. This function will be exported in a later
commit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since disconnecting may fail the status needs to be communicated to user
space. This also updates the implementation to match the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since the command can fail we need to have a proper response with the
remote address and a failure status for it. This also updates it to
conform to the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's necessary to know the distinction between public and random LE
addresses so the mgmt interface also needs to distinguish between them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le lundi 07 novembre 2011 à 15:33 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> At least, in recent kernels we dont change dst->refcnt in forwarding
> patch (usinf NOREF skb->dst)
>
> One particular point is the atomic_inc(dst->refcnt) we have to perform
> when queuing an UDP packet if socket asked PKTINFO stuff (for example a
> typical DNS server has to setup this option)
>
> I have one patch somewhere that stores the information in skb->cb[] and
> avoid the atomic_{inc|dec}(dst->refcnt).
>
OK I found it, I did some extra tests and believe its ready.
[PATCH net-next] ipv4: IP_PKTINFO doesnt need dst reference
When a socket uses IP_PKTINFO notifications, we currently force a dst
reference for each received skb. Reader has to access dst to get needed
information (rt_iif & rt_spec_dst) and must release dst reference.
We also forced a dst reference if skb was put in socket backlog, even
without IP_PKTINFO handling. This happens under stress/load.
We can instead store the needed information in skb->cb[], so that only
softirq handler really access dst, improving cache hit ratios.
This removes two atomic operations per packet, and false sharing as
well.
On a benchmark using a mono threaded receiver (doing only recvmsg()
calls), I can reach 720.000 pps instead of 570.000 pps.
IP_PKTINFO is typically used by DNS servers, and any multihomed aware
UDP application.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading /proc/net/snmp on a machine with a lot of cpus is very expensive
(can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPMSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding values
for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory.
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1X EAPOL handshake hostapd does requires
knowing whether the frame was ack'ed by the peer.
Currently, we fudge this pretty badly by not even
transmitting the frame as a normal data frame but
injecting it with radiotap and getting the status
out of radiotap monitor as well. This is rather
complex, confuses users (mon.wlan0 presence) and
doesn't work with all hardware.
To get rid of that hack, introduce a real wifi TX
status option for data frame transmissions.
This works similar to the existing TX timestamping
in that it reflects the SKB back to the socket's
error queue with a SCM_WIFI_STATUS cmsg that has
an int indicating ACK status (0/1).
Since it is possible that at some point we will
want to have TX timestamping and wifi status in a
single errqueue SKB (there's little point in not
doing that), redefine SO_EE_ORIGIN_TIMESTAMPING
to SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS which can collect more
than just the timestamp; keep the old constant
as an alias of course. Currently the internal APIs
don't make that possible, but it wouldn't be hard
to split them up in a way that makes it possible.
Thanks to Neil Horman for helping me figure out
the functions that add the control messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function returns a referenced BSS struct
(or NULL), annotate with __must_check. It seems
that a lot of drivers get this completely wrong
and leak all BSS structs as a result.
Reported-by: Adam Mikuta <Adam.Mikuta@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the pending management command list (previously global
to mgmt.c) into struct hci_dev. This makes it possible to do proper
locking when accessing it (through the existing hci_dev locks) and
thereby avoid race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The current global pending command list in mgmt.c is racy. Possibly the
simplest way to fix it is to have per-hci dev lists instead of a global
one (all commands that need a pending struct are hci_dev specific).
This way the list can be protected using the already existing per-hci
dev lock. To enable this refactoring the first thing that needs to be
done is to ensure that the mgmt functions have access to the hci_dev
struct (instead of just the dev id).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make clear that sk_clone() and inet_csk_clone() return a locked socket.
Add _lock() prefix and kerneldoc.
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fast retransmission after changing the last address
with ASCONF negotiation
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new struct members were not documented, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds address type info (typically BR/EDR vs LE) to management
messages that need this. This also ensures conformance to the latest
management API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BR/EDR link keys have their own commands and events (separate from SMP)
and the remove_keys command (previously remove_key) removes keys of any
kind for the specified remote address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The power off code doesn't need to use its own custom timer since the
delayed_work API provides the exact same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A proper mgmt_command_status should be returned to user-space if either
discoverable or connectable enabling fails.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Based on the revised mgmt API set_discoverable has a timeout parameter
to specify how long the adapter will remain discoverable. A value of 0
means "indefinitively".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to cancel an ongoing inquiry.
According to the Bluetooth spec, the inquiry cancel command should
only be issued after the inquiry command has been issued, a command
status event has been received for the inquiry command, and before
the inquiry complete event occurs.
As HCI_INQUIRY flag is only set just after an inquiry command status
event occurs and it is cleared just after an inquiry complete event
occurs, the inquiry cancel command should be issued only if HCI_INQUIRY
flag is set.
Additionally, cancel inquiry related code from stop_discovery() were
replaced by a hci_cancel_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to carry out inquiry.
All inquiry code from start_discovery() were replaced by a
hci_do_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Symbolic fixed channel IDs will be used instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
AMP channel creation and channel moves are coordinated using the L2CAP
signaling channel. These definitions cover the "create channel",
"move channel", and "move channel confirm" signals.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Each channel has a policy to require BR/EDR (the default),
prefer BR/EDR, or prefer AMP.
Check for valid policy value and L2CAP mode.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This variable is currently only accessible within l2cap_core.c, but
it is also needed in l2cap_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Allow control of AMP functionality on L2CAP sockets. By default,
connections will be restricted to BR/EDR. Manipulating the
BT_CHANNEL_POLICY option allows for channels to be moved to or created
on AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implement priority based scheduler using skbuffer priority set via
SO_PRIORITY socket option.
It introduces hci_chan_hash (list of HCI Channel/hci_chan) per connection,
each item in this list refer to a L2CAP connection and it is used to
queue the data for transmission.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary code to send proper command status or
command complete events to the start/stop discovery management commands.
Before this patch these events were completely missing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This uses SO_PRIORITY to set the skbuffer priority field
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
hci_unregister_dev cannot fail and always returns 0. The drivers already ignore
the return value so we can safely make it return void.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Timers set by __set_chan_timer() should use miliseconds instead of
jiffies. Commit 942ecc9c46 updated
l2cap_set_timer() so it expects timeout to be specified in msecs
instead of jiffies. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ
is not set to 1000.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
forcedeth: fix a few sparse warnings (variable shadowing)
forcedeth: Improve stats counters
forcedeth: remove unneeded stats updates
forcedeth: Acknowledge only interrupts that are being processed
forcedeth: fix race when unloading module
MAINTAINERS/rds: update maintainer
wanrouter: Remove kernel_lock annotations
usbnet: fix oops in usbnet_start_xmit
ixgbe: Fix compile for kernel without CONFIG_PCI_IOV defined
etherh: Add MAINTAINERS entry for etherh
bonding: comparing a u8 with -1 is always false
sky2: fix regression on Yukon Optima
netlink: clarify attribute length check documentation
netlink: validate NLA_MSECS length
i825xx:xscale:8390:freescale: Fix Kconfig dependancies
macvlan: receive multicast with local address
tg3: Update version to 3.121
tg3: Eliminate timer race with reset_task
tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run
tg3: Obtain PCI function number from device
...
* 'modsplit-Oct31_2011' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux: (230 commits)
Revert "tracing: Include module.h in define_trace.h"
irq: don't put module.h into irq.h for tracking irqgen modules.
bluetooth: macroize two small inlines to avoid module.h
ip_vs.h: fix implicit use of module_get/module_put from module.h
nf_conntrack.h: fix up fallout from implicit moduleparam.h presence
include: replace linux/module.h with "struct module" wherever possible
include: convert various register fcns to macros to avoid include chaining
crypto.h: remove unused crypto_tfm_alg_modname() inline
uwb.h: fix implicit use of asm/page.h for PAGE_SIZE
pm_runtime.h: explicitly requires notifier.h
linux/dmaengine.h: fix implicit use of bitmap.h and asm/page.h
miscdevice.h: fix up implicit use of lists and types
stop_machine.h: fix implicit use of smp.h for smp_processor_id
of: fix implicit use of errno.h in include/linux/of.h
of_platform.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
acpi: remove module.h include from platform/aclinux.h
miscdevice.h: delete unnecessary inclusion of module.h
device_cgroup.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
net: sch_generic remove redundant use of <linux/module.h>
net: inet_timewait_sock doesnt need <linux/module.h>
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (other header files, and removal of the ab3550 mfd driver) in
- drivers/media/dvb/frontends/dibx000_common.c
- drivers/media/video/{mt9m111.c,ov6650.c}
- drivers/mfd/ab3550-core.c
- include/linux/dmaengine.h
The documentation for how the length of attributes
is checked is wrong ("Exact length" isn't true, the
policy checks are for "minimum length") and a bit
misleading. Make it more complete and explain what
really happens.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we
find the reason why it does don't spew it all the
time, just once is enough to know we've hit it.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
the tcp and udp code creates a set of struct file_operations at runtime
while it can also be done at compile time, with the added benefit of then
having these file operations be const.
the trickiest part was to get the "THIS_MODULE" reference right; the naive
method of declaring a struct in the place of registration would not work
for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to address the following error during the compilation:
In file included from kernel/sysctl_binary.c:6:
include/net/ip_vs.h:1406: error: expected identifier or ‘(’ before ‘{’ token
make[1]: *** [kernel/sysctl_binary.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
That manifests itself when CONFIG_IP_VS_NFCT is undefined in .config file.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <krzysztof.wilczynski@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch exports several definitions that used to live under
include/net/netfilter/nf_nat.h. These definitions, although not
exported, have been used by iptables and other userspace
applications like miniupnpd since long time. Basically, these
userspace tools included some internal definition of the required
structures and they assume no changes in the binary representation
(which is OK indeed).
To resolve this situation, this patch makes public the required
structure and install them in INSTALL_HDR_PATH.
See: https://bugs.gentoo.org/376873, for more information.
This patch is heavily based on the initial patch sent by:
Anthony G. Basile <blueness@gentoo.org>
Which was entitled:
netfilter: export sanitized nf_nat.h to INSTALL_HDR_PATH
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These two small inlines make calls to try_module_get() and
module_put() which would force us to keep module.h present
within yet another common include header. We can avoid this
by turning them into macros. The hci_dev_hold construct
is patterned off of raw_spin_trylock_irqsave() in spinlock.h
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file was using the module get/put functions in two simple inline
functions. But module_get/put were only within scope because of
the implicit presence of module.h being everywhere.
Rather than add module.h to another file in include/ -- which is
exactly the thing we are trying to avoid, simply convert these
one-line functions into a define, as per what was done for the
device_schedule_callback() in commit 523ded71de.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The implicit presence of module.h everywhere meant that this header
also was getting moduleparam.h which defines struct kernel_param.
Since it only needs to know that kernel_param is a struct, call that
out instead of adding an include of moduleparam.h -- to get rid of this:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: 'struct kernel_param' declared inside parameter list
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The <linux/module.h> pretty much brings in the kitchen sink along
with it, so it should be avoided wherever reasonably possible in
terms of being included from other commonly used <linux/something.h>
files, as it results in a measureable increase on compile times.
The worst culprit was probably device.h since it is used everywhere.
This file also had an implicit dependency/usage of mutex.h which was
masked by module.h, and is also fixed here at the same time.
There are over a dozen other headers that simply declare the
struct instead of pulling in the whole file, so follow their lead
and simply make it a few more.
Most of the implicit dependencies on module.h being present by
these headers pulling it in have been now weeded out, so we can
finally make this change with hopefully minimal breakage.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file has modular references, but they are limited to
those which are covered by the simple "struct module;"
declaration used in dozens of other places. In fact that
declaration is already there (just outside of the context
of this commit) so simply remove the include line.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
There is nothing module specific in this header, and removing
it doesn't seem to uncover any implicit dependencies either.
Must be simply a vestige of an ancient legacy.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
commit 66b13d99d9 (ipv4: tcp: fix TOS value in ACK messages sent from
TIME_WAIT) fixed IPv4 only.
This part is for the IPv6 side, adding a tclass param to ip6_xmit()
We alias tw_tclass and tw_tos, if socket family is INET6.
[ if sockets is ipv4-mapped, only IP_TOS socket option is used to fill
TOS field, TCLASS is not taken into account ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://github.com/ericvh/linux:
9p: fix 9p.txt to advertise msize instead of maxdata
net/9p: Convert net/9p protocol dumps to tracepoints
fs/9p: change an int to unsigned int
fs/9p: Cleanup option parsing in 9p
9p: move dereference after NULL check
fs/9p: inode file operation is properly initialized init_special_inode
fs/9p: Update zero-copy implementation in 9p
It was enabled by default and the messages guarded
by the define are useful.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without this msize=4294967295 will result in a crash
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* remove lot of update to different data structure
* add a seperate callback for zero copy request.
* above makes non zero copy code path simpler
* remove conditionalizing TREAD/TREADDIR/TWRITE in the zero copy path
* Fix the dotu p9_check_errors with zero copy. Add sufficient doc around
* Add support for both in and output buffers in zero copy callback
* pin and unpin pages in the same context
* use helpers instead of defining page offset and rest of page ourself
* Fix mem leak in p9_check_errors
* Remove 'E' and 'F' in p9pdu_vwritef
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There is a long standing bug in linux tcp stack, about ACK messages sent
on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets.
In the IP header of the ACK message, we choose to reflect TOS field of
incoming message, and this might break some setups.
Example of things that were broken :
- Routing using TOS as a selector
- Firewalls
- Trafic classification / shaping
We now remember in timewait structure the inet tos field and use it in
ACK generation, and route lookup.
Notes :
- We still reflect incoming TOS in RST messages.
- We could extend MuraliRaja Muniraju patch to report TOS value in
netlink messages for TIME_WAIT sockets.
- A patch is needed for IPv6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now tcp_md5_hash_header() has a const tcphdr argument, we can add more
const attributes to callers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_md5_hash_header() writes into skb header a temporary zero value,
this might confuse other users of this area.
Since tcphdr is small (20 bytes), copy it in a temporary variable and
make the change in the copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_ECN_encapsulate() is better understood if we can read the official
statement.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding const qualifiers to pointers can ease code review, and spot some
bugs. It might allow compiler to optimize code further.
For example, is it legal to temporary write a null cksum into tcphdr
in tcp_md5_hash_header() ? I am afraid a sniffer could catch the
temporary null value...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added recovery check of CA wake status in case of wake up timeout.
Added check of CA wake status in case of wake down timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added sanity check for length of CAIF frames, and tear down of
CAIF link-layer device upon protocol error.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF HSI uses a timer for inactivity. Upon timeout HSI-wake signaling
is initiated to allow power-down of the HSI block.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some platforms do not allow to put HSI block into low-power
mode when FIFO is not empty. The patch flushes (by reading)
FIFO at wake down sequence. Asynchronous read and write is
implemented for that. As a side effect this will also greatly
improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmented multicast frames are delivered to a single macvlan port,
because ip defrag logic considers other samples are redundant.
Implement a defrag step before trying to send the multicast frame.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 903ab86d19 of 1 March this year ("udp: Add
lockless transmit path") introduced a new fast TX path that broke the checksum
coverage computation of UDP-lite, which so far depended on up->len (only set
if the socket is locked and 0 in the fast path).
Fixed by providing both fast- and slow-path computation of checksum coverage.
The latter can be removed when UDP(-lite)v6 also uses a lockless transmit path.
Reported-by: Thomas Volkert <thomas@homer-conferencing.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for extended sequence numbers found in
extended control fields.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There are three different Control Field formats: the Standard Control
Field, the Enhanced Control Field, and the Extended Control Field.
Patch adds function to handle all those fields seamlessly.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Partially revert 34918cd7. struct mgmt_key_info needs to have the same
size as its version exported to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed
frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback
lack this information.
Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr
and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors.
The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include
legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we introduced hci_init_sysfs() we should also rename
hci_register_sysfs() and hci_unregister_sysfs() to hci_add_sysfs() and
hci_del_sysfs() like we do with hci_conn_add/del_sysfs(). It looks more
consistent now.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We must not call device_del() if we didn't use device_add(). See module.c
for comments on that. Therefore, we need to call device_initialize() when
allocating the hci device and later device_add() instead of
device_register().
This also fixes a bug when hci_register_dev() failed and we call
hci_free_dev() without a valid core device. hci_free_dev() segfaults while
calling put_device() on invalid memory.
We already do this with hci_conn connections (hci_conn_init_sysfs()) so
they do not need to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implementation of Read Local AMP Info Command
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Define Extended Flow Specification structures and default values.
Based upon haijun.liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com> series of patches
(sent Sun, 22 Aug 2010)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds definitins for L2CAP header sizes to be uses when calculating
payload size instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle POLL (P) bit in L2CAP ERTM using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle final (F) bit in L2CAP using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Check frame function uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM txseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
reqseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) occupies different windows in standard and
extended control fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift
to access SAR bits.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Supervisory bits occupy different windows in standard / extended control
fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift to access
S-bit window.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds extended control field bit masks and rearrange defines to logical
groups: masks, flags and shift groups.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds support for extended window size (EWS) config option. We enable EWS
feature in L2CAP Info RSP when hs enabled. EWS option is included in L2CAP
Config Req if tx_win (which is set via socket) bigger then standard default
value (63) && hs enabled && remote side supports EWS feature.
Using EWS selects extended control field in L2CAP.
Code partly based on Qualcomm and Atheros patches sent upstream a year ago.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ip_vs_mutext is used by both netns shutdown code and startup
and both implicit uses sk_lock-AF_INET mutex.
cleanup CPU-1 startup CPU-2
ip_vs_dst_event() ip_vs_genl_set_cmd()
sk_lock-AF_INET __ip_vs_mutex
sk_lock-AF_INET
__ip_vs_mutex
* DEAD LOCK *
A new mutex placed in ip_vs netns struct called sync_mutex is added.
Comments from Julian and Simon added.
This patch has been running for more than 3 month now and it seems to work.
Ver. 3
IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON in do_ip_vs_get_ctl protected by sync_mutex
instead of __ip_vs_mutex as sugested by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
role_switch variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_active variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_reliable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flushable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag. Added flags in l2cap_chan structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To avoid ifdefs in the other code that supports DCB notifiers
add stub routines. This method seems popular in other net code
for example 8021Q.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DCBX mode to event notifiers so listeners can learn
currently enabled mode.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ifindex instead of ifname in the DCB app ring. This makes for a smaller
data structure and faster comparisons. It also avoids possible issues when
a net device is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow injected unicast frames to be sent without having to wait
for an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering
the powersave handling has gotten quite complex.
Add a section to the documentation to explain it
for anyone wanting to implement it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit 7361c36c52 (af_unix: Allow credentials to work across
user and pid namespaces) af_unix performance dropped a lot.
This is because we now take a reference on pid and cred in each write(),
and release them in read(), usually done from another process,
eventually from another cpu. This triggers false sharing.
# Events: 154K cycles
#
# Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
# ........ ....... .................. .........................
#
10.40% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] put_pid
8.60% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_recvmsg
7.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_sendmsg
6.11% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] do_raw_spin_lock
4.95% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_scm_to_skb
4.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] pid_nr_ns
4.34% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] cred_to_ucred
2.39% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_destruct_scm
2.24% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sub_preempt_count
1.75% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] fget_light
1.51% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k]
__mutex_lock_interruptible_slowpath
1.42% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sock_alloc_send_pskb
This patch includes SCM_CREDENTIALS information in a af_unix message/skb
only if requested by the sender, [man 7 unix for details how to include
ancillary data using sendmsg() system call]
Note: This might break buggy applications that expected SCM_CREDENTIAL
from an unaware write() system call, and receiver not using SO_PASSCRED
socket option.
If SOCK_PASSCRED is set on source or destination socket, we still
include credentials for mere write() syscalls.
Performance boost in hackbench : more than 50% gain on a 16 thread
machine (2 quad-core cpus, 2 threads per core)
hackbench 20 thread 2000
4.228 sec instead of 9.102 sec
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sk_buff fragment capabilities to link together incoming skbs
instead of allocating a new skb for reassembly and copying.
The new reassembly code works equally well for ERTM and streaming
mode, so there is now one reassembly function instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Protect 'cb' and 'cb_context' arguments in nci_data_exchange.
In fact, this implements a queue with max length of 1 data
exchange transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rename struct tcp_skb_cb "flags" to "tcp_flags" to ease code review and
maintenance.
Its content is a combination of FIN/SYN/RST/PSH/ACK/URG/ECE/CWR flags
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcp_skb_cb contains a "flags" field containing either tcp flags
or IP dsfield depending on context (input or output path)
Introduce ip_dsfield to make the difference clear and ease maintenance.
If later we want to save space, we can union flags/ip_dsfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with a new ADSL box at home, I discovered that ECN
blackhole can trigger suboptimal quickack mode on linux : We send one
ACK for each incoming data frame, without any delay and eventual
piggyback.
This is because TCP_ECN_check_ce() considers that if no ECT is seen on a
segment, this is because this segment was a retransmit.
Refine this heuristic and apply it only if we seen ECT in a previous
segment, to detect ECN blackhole at IP level.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
CC: Jim Gettys <jg@freedesktop.org>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add management interface events for blocking/unblocking a device.
Sender of the block device command gets cmd complete and other
mgmt sockets get the event. Event is also sent to mgmt sockets when
blocking is done with ioctl, e.g when blocking a device with
hciconfig. This makes it possible for bluetoothd to track status
of blocked devices when a third party block or unblocks a device.
Event sending is handled in mgmt_device_blocked function which gets
called from hci_blacklist_add in hci_core.c. A pending command is
added in mgmt_block_device, so that it can found when sending the
event - the event is not sent to the socket from which the pending
command came. Locks were moved out from hci_core.c to hci_sock.c
and mgmt.c, because locking is needed also for mgmt_pending_add in
mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The function crypto_blkcipher_setkey() called by smp_e()
can sleep, so all the crypto work has to be moved to
hci_dev workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The objective is to make the core to have as little as possible
information about SMP procedures and logic. Now, all the SMP
specific information is hidden from the core.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add command to management interface for enabling/disabling the
fast connectable mode.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
One piece of information that was lost when using the mgmt interface,
was the type of the connection. Using HCI events we used to know
the type of the connection based on the type of the event, e.g.
HCI_LE_Connection_Complete for LE links.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag to indicate that SMP is pending
for that connection. This allows to have information that an SMP
procedure is going on for that connection.
We use the HCI_CONN_ENCRYPT_PEND to indicate that encryption
(HCI_LE_Start_Encryption) is pending for that connection.
While a SMP procedure is going on we hold an reference to the
connection, to avoid disconnections.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This checks if there is any existing connection according to its type
before start iterating in the list and immediately stop iterating when
reaching the number of connections.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The NFC Controller Interface (NCI) is a standard
communication protocol between an NFC Controller (NFCC)
and a Device Host (DH), defined by the NFC Forum.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The file nfc.h was moved from include/net to include/net/nfc,
since new NFC header files will be added to include/net/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 2 new nfc control operations:
dev_up to turn on the nfc device
dev_down to turn off the nfc device
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 946cedccbd (tcp: Change possible SYN flooding messages)
added a build error if CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=n
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://github.com/davem330/net: (62 commits)
ipv6: don't use inetpeer to store metrics for routes.
can: ti_hecc: include linux/io.h
IRDA: Fix global type conflicts in net/irda/irsysctl.c v2
net: Handle different key sizes between address families in flow cache
net: Align AF-specific flowi structs to long
ipv4: Fix fib_info->fib_metrics leak
caif: fix a potential NULL dereference
sctp: deal with multiple COOKIE_ECHO chunks
ibmveth: Fix checksum offload failure handling
ibmveth: Checksum offload is always disabled
ibmveth: Fix issue with DMA mapping failure
ibmveth: Fix DMA unmap error
pch_gbe: support ML7831 IOH
pch_gbe: added the process of FIFO over run error
pch_gbe: fixed the issue which receives an unnecessary packet.
sfc: Use 64-bit writes for TX push where possible
Revert "sfc: Use write-combining to reduce TX latency" and follow-ups
bnx2x: Fix ethtool advertisement
bnx2x: Fix 578xx link LED
bnx2x: Fix XMAC loopback test
...
tcp_md5sig_pool is currently an 'array' (a percpu object) of pointers to
struct tcp_md5sig_pool. Only the pointers are NUMA aware, but objects
themselves are all allocated on a single node.
Remove this extra indirection to get proper percpu memory (NUMA aware)
and make code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 0856a30409.
As requested by Eric Dumazet, it has various ref-counting
problems and has introduced regressions. Eric will add
a more suitable version of this performance fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is compile tested only.
Suggested by dumpster diving in PAX.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the conversion of struct flowi to a union of AF-specific structs, some
operations on the flow cache need to account for the exact size of the key.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF-specific flowi structs are now passed to flow_key_compare, which must
also be aligned to a long.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt to reduce the number of IP packets emitted in response to single
SCTP packet (2e3216cd) introduced a complication - if a packet contains
two COOKIE_ECHO chunks and nothing else then SCTP state machine corks the
socket while processing first COOKIE_ECHO and then loses the association
and forgets to uncork the socket. To deal with the issue add new SCTP
command which can be used to set association explictly. Use this new
command when processing second COOKIE_ECHO chunk to restore the context
for SCTP state machine.
Signed-off-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Possible SYN flooding on port xxxx " messages can fill logs on servers.
Change logic to log the message only once per listener, and add two new
SNMP counters to track :
TCPReqQFullDoCookies : number of times a SYNCOOKIE was replied to client
TCPReqQFullDrop : number of times a SYN request was dropped because
syncookies were not enabled.
Based on a prior patch from Tom Herbert, and suggestions from David.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some of the flags are OS/arch dependent we add a 9p
protocol value which maps to asm-generic/fcntl.h values in Linux
Based on the original patch from Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Allow transparent sockets to be less restrictive about
the source ip of ipv6 udp packets being sent.
Google-Bug-Id: 5018138
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
CC: "Erik Kline" <ek@google.com>
CC: "Lorenzo Colitti" <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I will suck out stuff to userspace to start the regulatory
revampamp, this work will be permissively licensed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta.
These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in
order to configure the AP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).
Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch series 109f6e39..7361c36c back in 2.6.36 added functionality to
allow credentials to work across pid namespaces for packets sent via
UNIX sockets. However, the atomic reference counts on pid and
credentials caused plenty of cache bouncing when there are numerous
threads of the same pid sharing a UNIX socket. This patch mitigates the
problem by eliminating extraneous reference counts on pid and
credentials on both send and receive path of UNIX sockets. I found a 2x
improvement in hackbench's threaded case.
On the receive path in unix_dgram_recvmsg, currently there is an
increment of reference count on pid and credentials in scm_set_cred.
Then there are two decrement of the reference counts. Once in scm_recv
and once when skb_free_datagram call skb->destructor function
unix_destruct_scm. One pair of increment and decrement of ref count on
pid and credentials can be eliminated from the receive path. Until we
destroy the skb, we already set a reference when we created the skb on
the send side.
On the send path, there are two increments of ref count on pid and
credentials, once in scm_send and once in unix_scm_to_skb. Then there
is a decrement of the reference counts in scm_destroy's call to
scm_destroy_cred at the end of unix_dgram_sendmsg functions. One pair
of increment and decrement of the reference counts can be removed so we
only need to increment the ref counts once.
By incorporating these changes, for hackbench running on a 4 socket
NHM-EX machine with 40 cores, the execution of hackbench on
50 groups of 20 threads sped up by factor of 2.
Hackbench command used for testing:
./hackbench 50 thread 2000
Signed-off-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch a HEARTBEAT chunk is bundled into the ASCONF-ACK
for ADD IP ADDRESS, confirming the new destination as quickly as
possible.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can have the NFC core layer allocating the tx head and tail
room for the drivers and avoid 1 or more SKBs copy on write on
the Tx path.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The l4_rxhash flag was added to the skb structure to indicate
that the rxhash value was computed over the 4 tuple for the
packet which includes the port information in the encapsulated
transport packet. This is used by the stack to preserve the
rxhash value in __skb_rx_tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current transport mechanism for af_iucv is the z/VM offered
communications facility IUCV. To provide equivalent support when
running Linux in an LPAR, HiperSockets transport is added to the
AF_IUCV address family. It requires explicit binding of an AF_IUCV
socket to a HiperSockets device. A new packet_type ETH_P_AF_IUCV
is announced. An af_iucv specific transport header is defined
preceding the skb data. A small protocol is implemented for
connecting and for flow control/congestion management.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a symbol to dynamically load iucv functions.
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since
it just increased the complexity for little gain.
Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill
it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we
can always revive it then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of code is dedicated to giving drivers the
ability to use cfg80211's wext handlers without
completely converting. However, only orinoco is
currently using this, and it is only partially
using it.
We reduce the size of both the source and binary
by removing those that nobody needs. If a driver
shows up that needs it during conversion, we can
add back those that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
linux/wireless.h is for wireless extensions only, so
mac80211 shouldn't include it since it uses cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants
and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them.
Make this more split up so drivers needing wext
compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly
include that from cfg80211-wext.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The raw sockets can provide source address for
routing but their privileges are not considered. We
can provide non-local source address, make sure the
FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag is set if socket has privileges
for this, i.e. based on hdrincl (IP_HDRINCL) and
transparent flags.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Computers have become a lot faster since we compromised on the
partial MD4 hash which we use currently for performance reasons.
MD5 is a much safer choice, and is inline with both RFC1948 and
other ISS generators (OpenBSD, Solaris, etc.)
Furthermore, only having 24-bits of the sequence number be truly
unpredictable is a very serious limitation. So the periodic
regeneration and 8-bit counter have been removed. We compute and
use a full 32-bit sequence number.
For ipv6, DCCP was found to use a 32-bit truncated initial sequence
number (it needs 43-bits) and that is fixed here as well.
Reported-by: Dan Kaminsky <dan@doxpara.com>
Tested-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gergely Kalman reported crashes in check_peer_redir().
It appears commit f39925dbde (ipv4: Cache learned redirect
information in inetpeer.) added a race, leading to possible NULL ptr
dereference.
Since we can now change dst neighbour, we should make sure a reader can
safely use a neighbour.
Add RCU protection to dst neighbour, and make sure check_peer_redir()
can be called safely by different cpus in parallel.
As neighbours are already freed after one RCU grace period, this patch
should not add typical RCU penalty (cache cold effects)
Many thanks to Gergely for providing a pretty report pointing to the
bug.
Reported-by: Gergely Kalman <synapse@hippy.csoma.elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the code to handle some of the differences between
RFC 3041 and RFC 4941, which obsoletes it. Also a couple
of janitorial fixes.
- Allow router advertisements to increase the lifetime of
temporary addresses. This was not allowed by RFC 3041,
but is specified by RFC 4941. It is useful when RA
lifetimes are lower than TEMP_{VALID,PREFERRED}_LIFETIME:
in this case, the previous code would delete or deprecate
addresses prematurely.
- Change the default of MAX_RETRY to 3 per RFC 4941.
- Add a comment to clarify that the preferred and valid
lifetimes in inet6_ifaddr are relative to the timestamp.
- Shorten lines to 80 characters in a couple of places.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My @hp.com will no longer be valid starting August 5, 2011 so an update is
necessary. My new email address is employer independent so we don't have
to worry about doing this again any time soon.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to move duplicated code in <asm/atomic.h>
(atomic_inc_not_zero() for now) to <linux/atomic.h>
Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (43 commits)
fs: Merge split strings
treewide: fix potentially dangerous trailing ';' in #defined values/expressions
uwb: Fix misspelling of neighbourhood in comment
net, netfilter: Remove redundant goto in ebt_ulog_packet
trivial: don't touch files that are removed in the staging tree
lib/vsprintf: replace link to Draft by final RFC number
doc: Kconfig: `to be' -> `be'
doc: Kconfig: Typo: square -> squared
doc: Konfig: Documentation/power/{pm => apm-acpi}.txt
drivers/net: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/media: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/i2c: static should be at beginning of declaration
XTENSA: static should be at beginning of declaration
SH: static should be at beginning of declaration
MIPS: static should be at beginning of declaration
ARM: static should be at beginning of declaration
rcu: treewide: Do not use rcu_read_lock_held when calling rcu_dereference_check
Update my e-mail address
PCIe ASPM: forcedly -> forcibly
gma500: push through device driver tree
...
Fix up trivial conflicts:
- arch/arm/mach-ep93xx/dma-m2p.c (deleted)
- drivers/gpio/gpio-ep93xx.c (renamed and context nearby)
- drivers/net/r8169.c (just context changes)
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (145 commits)
bnx2x: use pci_pcie_cap()
bnx2x: fix bnx2x_stop_on_error flow in bnx2x_sp_rtnl_task
bnx2x: enable internal target-read for 57712 and up only
bnx2x: count statistic ramrods on EQ to prevent MC assert
bnx2x: fix loopback for non 10G link
bnx2x: dcb - send all unmapped priorities to same COS as L2
iwlwifi: Fix build with CONFIG_PM disabled.
gre: fix improper error handling
ipv4: use RT_TOS after some rt_tos conversions
via-velocity: remove duplicated #include
qlge: remove duplicated #include
igb: remove duplicated #include
can: c_can: remove duplicated #include
bnad: remove duplicated #include
net: allow netif_carrier to be called safely from IRQ
bna: Header File Consolidation
bna: HW Error Counter Fix
bna: Add HW Semaphore Unlock Logic
bna: IOC Event Name Change
bna: Mboxq Flush When IOC Disabled
...
unlinkat - Remove a directory entry
size[4] Tunlinkat tag[2] dirfid[4] name[s] flag[4]
size[4] Runlinkat tag[2]
older Tremove have the below request format
size[4] Tremove tag[2] fid[4]
The remove message is used to remove a directory entry either file or directory
The remove opreation is actually a directory opertation and should ideally have
dirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server with anything other than
name. We will have to derive the directory name from fid in the Tremove request.
NOTE: The operation doesn't clunk the unlink fid.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
renameat - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trenameat tag[2] olddirfid[4] oldname[s] newdirfid[4] newname[s]
size[4] Rrenameat tag[2]
older Trename have the below request format
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The rename opreation is actually a directory opertation
and should ideally have olddirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server
with anything other than name. We will have to derive the old directory name
from fid in the Trename request.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Switch to generic kernel hexdump library and cleanup macros to
be more consistent with the way we do normal debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
IPv6 fragment identification generation is way beyond what we use for
IPv4 : It uses a single generator. Its not scalable and allows DOS
attacks.
Now inetpeer is IPv6 aware, we can use it to provide a more secure and
scalable frag ident generator (per destination, instead of system wide)
This patch :
1) defines a new secure_ipv6_id() helper
2) extends inet_getid() to provide 32bit results
3) extends ipv6_select_ident() with a new dest parameter
Reported-by: Fernando Gont <fernando@gont.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might
have periods of time where it is not available due
to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it
and send frames to the GO only when it is available
add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding
finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike
the actual TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise
11b rates, but that is a rather special case
so instead of having that, allow userspace
to request the rate sets (per band) that are
advertised in scan probe request frames.
Since it's needed in two places now, factor
out some common code parsing a rate array.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the future dst entries will be neigh-less. In that environment we
need to have an easy transition point for current users of
dst->neighbour outside of the packet output fast path.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just makes it harder to see 1) what the code is doing
and 2) grep for all users of dst{->,.}neighbour
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will get us closer to being able to do "neigh stuff"
completely independent of the underlying dst_entry for
protocols (ipv4/ipv6) that wish to do so.
We will also be able to make dst entries neigh-less.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's just taking on one of two possible values, either
neigh_ops->output or dev_queue_xmit(). And this is purely depending
upon whether nud_state has NUD_CONNECTED set or not.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in
the backward order they were installed in, which
is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the
key list to make sure iterations go in the same
order that keys were originally installed in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP
RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain
it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to
generate it.
The generation uses a dummy on-stack context
since it doesn't know the RX queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a
single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command.
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information
element data supported in scheduled scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command
than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips).
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have the necessary API in place to support
GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it
is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is
used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some
new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that there is a one-to-one correspondance between neighbour
and hh_cache entries, we no longer need:
1) dynamic allocation
2) attachment to dst->hh
3) refcounting
Initialization of the hh_cache entry is indicated by hh_len
being non-zero, and such initialization is always done with
the neighbour's lock held as a writer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of all of the useless and costly indirection
by doing the neigh hash table lookup directly inside
of the neighbour binding.
Rename from arp_bind_neighbour to rt_bind_neighbour.
Use new helpers {__,}ipv4_neigh_lookup()
In rt_bind_neighbour() get rid of useless tests which
are never true in the context this function is called,
namely dev is never NULL and the dst->neighbour is
always NULL.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like I forgot to document the "gfp" parameter
to cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify, add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA
is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver
that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements.
Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds.
Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold
event occurs.
mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument
mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
And mask the hash function result by simply shifting
down the "->hash_shift" most significant bits.
Currently which bits we use is arbitrary since jhash
produces entropy evenly across the whole hash function
result.
But soon we'll be using universal hashing functions,
and in those cases more entropy exists in the higher
bits than the lower bits, because they use multiplies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There can 3 reasons for the "command reject" reply produced
by the stack. Each such reply should be accompanied by the
relevand data ( as defined in spec. ). Currently there is one
instance of "command reject" reply with reason "invalid cid"
wich is fixed. Also, added clean-up definitions related to the
"command reject" replies.
Signed-off-by: Ilia Kolomisnky <iliak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will be useful when userspace wants to restrict some kinds of
operations based on the length of the key size used to encrypt the
link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In some cases it will be useful having the key size used for
encrypting the link. For example, some profiles may restrict
some operations depending on the key length.
The key size is stored in the key that is passed to userspace
using the pin_length field in the key structure.
For now this field is only valid for LE controllers. 3.0+HS
controllers define the Read Encryption Key Size command, this
field is intended for storing the value returned by that
command.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As the LTK (the new type of key being handled now) has more data
associated with it, we need to store this extra data and retrieve
the keys based on that data.
Methods for searching for a key and for adding a new LTK are
introduced here.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We need these changes because SMP keys may have more information
associated with them, for example, in the LTK case, it has an
encrypted diversifier (ediv) and a random number (rand).
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since ca5ecddf (rcu: define __rcu address space modifier for sparse)
rcu_dereference_check use rcu_read_lock_held as a part of condition
automatically so callers do not have to do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This adds support for generating and distributing all the keys
specified in the third phase of SMP.
This will make possible to re-establish secure connections, resolve
private addresses and sign commands.
For now, the values generated are random.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Trigger user ABORT if application closes a socket which has data
queued on the socket receive queue or chunks waiting on the
reassembly or ordering queue as this would imply data being lost
which defeats the point of a graceful shutdown.
This behavior is already practiced in TCP.
We do not check the input queue because that would mean to parse
all chunks on it to look for unacknowledged data which seems too
much of an effort. Control chunks or duplicated chunks may also
be in the input queue and should not be stopping a graceful
shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in
iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate
the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get
the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given
packet, but keep the packet-based version around as
an inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs
to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and
check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it
about all those counters, we need to be able to get
them from mac80211, this adds the required API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX
since we can process multiple packets at the same
time on different ACs, but they all share the TX
context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc.
Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains
the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as
well, but there's no guarantee that packets are
really processed in order.
To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock
that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX
context. This first step makes sure that we don't
assign the same IV multiple times or get confused
in other ways.
Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I
add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of
the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and
if different from the last time, then a new P1K
is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation
to flip back and forth if packets are processed
out of order. All this also happens under the new
spinlock.
Finally, because there are argument differences,
split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into
ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k()
and give them the correct arguments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When initiating a graceful shutdown while having data chunks
on the retransmission queue with a peer which is in zero
window mode the shutdown is never completed because the
retransmission error count is reset periodically by the
following two rules:
- Do not timeout association while doing zero window probe.
- Reset overall error count when a heartbeat request has
been acknowledged.
The graceful shutdown will wait for all outstanding TSN to
be acknowledged before sending the SHUTDOWN request. This
never happens due to the peer's zero window not acknowledging
the continuously retransmitted data chunks. Although the
error counter is incremented for each failed retransmission,
the receiving of the SACK announcing the zero window clears
the error count again immediately. Also heartbeat requests
continue to be sent periodically. The peer acknowledges these
requests causing the error counter to be reset as well.
This patch changes behaviour to only reset the overall error
counter for the above rules while not in shutdown. After
reaching the maximum number of retransmission attempts, the
T5 shutdown guard timer is scheduled to give the receiver
some additional time to recover. The timer is stopped as soon
as the receiver acknowledges any data.
The issue can be easily reproduced by establishing a sctp
association over the loopback device, constantly queueing
data at the sender while not reading any at the receiver.
Wait for the window to reach zero, then initiate a shutdown
by killing both processes simultaneously. The association
will never be freed and the chunks on the retransmission
queue will be retransmitted indefinitely.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ERTM receive buffer is now handled in a way that does not require
the busy queue and the associated polling code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This change moves most L2CAP ERTM receive buffer handling out of the
L2CAP core and in to the socket code. It's up to the higher layer
(the socket code, in this case) to tell the core when its buffer is
full or has space available. The recv op should always accept
incoming ERTM data or else the connection will go down.
Within the socket layer, an skb that does not fit in the socket
receive buffer will be temporarily stored. When the socket is read
from, that skb will be placed in the receive buffer if possible. Once
adequate buffer space becomes available, the L2CAP core is informed
and the ERTM local busy state is cleared.
Receive buffer management for non-ERTM modes is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since we have the extended LMP features properly implemented, we
should check the LMP_HOST_LE bit to know if the host supports LE.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new module parameter to enable/disable host LE
support. By default host LE support is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a handler to Write LE Host Supported command complete
events. Once this commands has completed successfully, we should
read the extended LMP features and update the extfeatures field in
hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This new field holds the extended LMP features value. Some LE
mechanism such as discovery procedure needs to read the extended
LMP features to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support
GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality
from cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios,
devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on
the device to avoid waking up the host for it.
In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying,
the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required.
Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters
to the driver which may store it for future GTK
rekey operations.
Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by
the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up
to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be
sent to let userspace update its replay counter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto
offload differently (more features), and might require
reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case
for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus
allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch add an unsolicited notification of the DCBX negotiated
parameters for the CEE flavor of the DCBX protocol. The notification
message is identical to the aggregated CEE get operation and holds all
the pertinent local and peer information. The notification routine is
exported so it can be invoked by drivers supporting an embedded DCBX
stack.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFC generic netlink interface exports the NFC control operations
to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC subsystem core is responsible for providing the device driver
interface. It is also responsible for providing an interface to the control
operations and data exchange.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current
state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the
suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration
instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that
if it does this, resume won't be called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IPV6, unlike IPV4, doesn't have a routing cache.
Routing table entries, as well as clones made in response
to route lookup requests, all live in the same table. And
all of these things are together collected in the destination
cache table for ipv6.
This means that routing table entries count against the garbage
collection limits, even though such entries cannot ever be reclaimed
and are added explicitly by the administrator (rather than being
created in response to lookups).
Therefore it makes no sense to count ipv6 routing table entries
against the GC limits.
Add a DST_NOCOUNT destination cache entry flag, and skip the counting
if it is set. Use this flag bit in ipv6 when adding routing table
entries.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a change sequence counter to each net namespace
which is bumped whenever a netdevice is added or removed from
the list. If such a change occurred while a link dump took place,
the dump will have the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set in the first
message which has been interrupted and in all subsequent messages
of the same dump.
Note that links may still be modified or renamed while a dump is
taking place but we can guarantee for userspace to receive a
complete list of links and not miss any.
Testing:
I have added 500 VLAN netdevices to make sure the dump is split
over multiple messages. Then while continuously dumping links in
one process I also continuously deleted and re-added a dummy
netdevice in another process. Multiple dumps per seconds have
had the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set.
I guess we can wait for Johannes patch to hit net-next via the
wireless tree. I just wanted to give this some testing right away.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a local logging function to emit bluetooth specific
messages. Using vsprintf extension %pV saves code/text
space.
Convert the current BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros to use bt_printk.
Remove __func__ from BT_ERR macro (and the uses).
Prefix "Bluetooth: " to BT_ERR
Remove __func__ from BT_DBG as function can be prefixed when
using dynamic_debug.
With allyesconfig:
text data bss dec hex filename
129956 8632 36096 174684 2aa5c drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
134402 8632 36064 179098 2bb9a drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
14778 1012 3408 19198 4afe net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.new2
15067 1012 3408 19487 4c1f net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.old
346595 19163 86080 451838 6e4fe net/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
353751 19163 86064 458978 700e2 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
18483 1172 4264 23919 5d6f net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.new2
18927 1172 4264 24363 5f2b net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.old
19237 1172 5152 25561 63d9 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.new2
19581 1172 5152 25905 6531 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.old
59461 3884 14464 77809 12ff1 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.new2
61206 3884 14464 79554 136c2 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.old
with x86 defconfig (and just bluetooth):
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.*
text data bss dec hex filename
66358 933 100 67391 1073f net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
66643 933 100 67676 1085c net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it easier to use more normal logging styles later.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA
supports WME.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for
parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.
Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Seems like this was not cleaned during the 'rfkill: rewrite' checkin
19d337dff9.
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It needs to be available even when CONFIG_INET is not set.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following situation:
* a dump that would show 8 entries, four in the first
round, and four in the second
* between the first and second rounds, 6 entries are
removed
* now the second round will not show any entry, and
even if there is a sequence/generation counter the
application will not know
To solve this problem, add a new flag NLM_F_DUMP_INTR
to the netlink header that indicates the dump wasn't
consistent, this flag can also be set on the MSG_DONE
message that terminates the dump, and as such above
situation can be detected.
To achieve this, add a sequence counter to the netlink
callback struct. Of course, netlink code still needs
to use this new functionality. The correct way to do
that is to always set cb->seq when a dumpit callback
is invoked and call nl_dump_check_consistent() for
each new message. The core code will also call this
function for the final MSG_DONE message.
To make it usable with generic netlink, a new function
genlmsg_nlhdr() is needed to obtain the netlink header
from the genetlink user header.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are enough instances of this:
iph->frag_off & htons(IP_MF | IP_OFFSET)
that a helper function is probably warranted.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incorrect return type on dcb_setapp() this routine
returns negative error codes. All call sites of
dcb_setapp() assign the return value to an int already
so no need to update drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multiple APP entries per selector and protocol drivers
or stacks may want to pick a specific value or stripe traffic
across many priorities. Also if an APP entry in use is
deleted the stack/driver may want to choose from the existing
APP entries.
To facilitate this and avoid having duplicate code to walk
the APP ring provide a routine dcb_ieee_getapp_mask() to
return a u8 bitmask of all priorities set for the specified
selector and protocol. This routine and bitmask is a helper
for DCB kernel users.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we allow multiple IEEE App entries we need a way
to remove specific entries. To do this add the ieee_dcb_delapp()
routine.
Additionaly drivers may need to remove the APP entry from
their firmware tables. Add dcb ops routine to handle this.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a setapp routine for IEEE802.1Qaz encoded APP data types.
The IEEE 802.1Qaz spec encodes the priority bits differently and
allows for multiple APP data entries of the same selector and
protocol. Trying to force these to use the same set routines was
becoming tedious. Furthermore, userspace could probably enforce
the correct semantics, but expecting drivers to do this seems
error prone in the firmware case.
For these reasons add ieee_dcb_setapp() that understands the
IEEE 802.1Qaz encoded form.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that dcbnl is being used in many cases by more
than a single agent it is beneficial to be notified
when some entity either driver or user space has
changed the DCB attributes.
Today applications either end up polling the interface
or relying on a user space database to maintain the DCB
state and post events. Polling is a poor solution for
obvious reasons. And relying on a user space database
has its own downside. Namely it has created strange
boot dependencies requiring the database be populated
before any applications dependent on DCB attributes
starts or the application goes into a polling loop.
Populating the database requires negotiating link
setting with the peer and can take anywhere from less
than a second up to a few seconds depending on the switch
implementation.
Perhaps more importantly if another application or an
embedded agent sets a DCB link attribute the database
has no way of knowing other than polling the kernel.
This prevents applications from responding quickly to
changes in link events which at least in the FCoE case
and probably any other protocols expecting a lossless
link may result in IO errors.
By adding a multicast group for DCB we have clean way
to disseminate kernel DCB link attributes up to user
space. Avoiding the need for user space to maintain
a coherant database and disperse events that potentially
do not reflect the current link state.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
pxa168_eth: fix race in transmit path.
ipv4, ping: Remove duplicate icmp.h include
netxen: fix race in skb->len access
sgi-xp: fix a use after free
hp100: fix an skb->len race
netpoll: copy dev name of slaves to struct netpoll
ipv4: fix multicast losses
r8169: fix static initializers.
inet_diag: fix inet_diag_bc_audit()
gigaset: call module_put before restart of if_open()
farsync: add module_put to error path in fst_open()
net: rfs: enable RFS before first data packet is received
fs_enet: fix freescale FCC ethernet dp buffer alignment
netdev: bfin_mac: fix memory leak when freeing dma descriptors
vlan: don't call ndo_vlan_rx_register on hardware that doesn't have vlan support
caif: Bugfix - XOFF removed channel from caif-mux
tun: teach the tun/tap driver to support netpoll
dp83640: drop PHY status frames in the driver.
dp83640: fix phy status frame event parsing
phylib: Allow BCM63XX PHY to be selected only on BCM63XX.
...
When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(),
which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the
low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however,
this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver
is going into suspend).
Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an
active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel().
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting bits manually we use set_bit, test_bit, etc.
Also remove L2CAP_ prefix from macros.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Management interface commands for blocking and unblocking devices.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Move blacklisting functions to hci_core.c, so that they can
be used by both management interface and hci socket interface.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Avoid double seq adjustment for loopback traffic
because it causes silent repetition of TCP data. One
example is passive FTP with DNAT rule and difference in the
length of IP addresses.
This patch adds check if packet is sent and
received via loopback device. As the same conntrack is
used both for outgoing and incoming direction, we restrict
seq adjustment to happen only in POSTROUTING.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch implements a check in smp cmd pairing request and pairing
response to verify if encryption key maximum size is compatible in both
slave and master when SMP Pairing is requested. Keys are also masked to
the correct negotiated size.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for disconnecting the link when SMP procedure
takes more than 30 seconds.
SMP begins when either the Pairing Request command is sent or the
Pairing Response is received, and it ends when the link is encrypted
(or terminated). Vol 3, Part H Section 3.4.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
After restructuring, there is some unused or empty functions
left to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
If the pending security level is greater than the current security
level and the link is now encrypted, we should update the link
security level.
This is only useful for LE links, when the only event generated
when SMP is sucessful in the Encrypt Change event.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds support for starting SMP Phase 2 Encryption, when the initial
SMP negotiation is successful. This adds the LE Start Encryption and LE
Long Term Key Request commands and related events.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch includes support for generating and sending the random value
used to produce the confirmation value.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds initial support for verifying the confirmation value
that the remote side has sent.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will allow using the crypto subsystem for encrypting data. As SMP
(Security Manager Protocol) is implemented almost entirely on the host
side and the crypto module already implements the needed methods
(AES-128), it makes sense to use it.
There's now a new module option to enable/disable SMP support.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implementation only exchanges SMP messages between the Host and the
Remote. No keys are being generated. TK and STK generation will be
provided in further patches.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
These simple commands will allow the SMP procedure to be started
and terminated with a not supported error. This is the first step
toward something useful.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ERTM use the generic L2CAP timer functions to keep a reference to the
channel. This is useful for avoiding crashes.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan has now its own refcnt that is compatible with the
socket refcnt, i.e., we won't see sk_refcnt = 0 and chan->refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now socket state is tracked by struct sock and channel state is tracked by
chan->state. At this point both says the same, but this is going to change
when we add AMP Support for example.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add an abstraction layer between L2CAP core and its users (only
l2cap_sock.c now). The first function implemented is new_connection() that
replaces calls to l2cap_sock_alloc() in l2cap_core.c
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it more clear what the functions does,
on request by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove variable ctl_key from struct netns_ipvs,
it's a leftover from early netns work.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
* new refcount in struct net, controlling actual freeing of the memory
* new method in kobj_ns_type_operations (->drop_ns())
* ->current_ns() semantics change - it's supposed to be followed by
corresponding ->drop_ns(). For struct net in case of CONFIG_NET_NS it bumps
the new refcount; net_drop_ns() decrements it and calls net_free() if the
last reference has been dropped. Method renamed to ->grab_current_ns().
* old net_free() callers call net_drop_ns() instead.
* sysfs_exit_ns() is gone, along with a large part of callchain
leading to it; now that the references stored in ->ns[...] stay valid we
do not need to hunt them down and replace them with NULL. That fixes
problems in sysfs_lookup() and sysfs_readdir(), along with getting rid
of sb->s_instances abuse.
Note that struct net *shutdown* logics has not changed - net_cleanup()
is called exactly when it used to be called. The only thing postponed by
having a sysfs instance refering to that struct net is actual freeing of
memory occupied by struct net.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
SNMP mibs use two percpu arrays, one used in BH context, another in USER
context. With increasing number of cpus in machines, and fact that ipv6
uses per network device ipstats_mib, this is consuming a lot of memory
if many network devices are registered.
commit be281e554e (ipv6: reduce per device ICMP mib sizes) shrinked
percpu needs for ipv6, but we can reduce memory use a bit more.
With recent percpu infrastructure (irqsafe_cpu_inc() ...), we no longer
need this BH/USER separation since we can update counters in a single
x86 instruction, regardless of the BH/USER context.
Other arches than x86 might need to disable irq in their
irqsafe_cpu_inc() implementation : If this happens to be a problem, we
can make SNMP_ARRAY_SZ arch dependent, but a previous poll
( https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/3/17/174 ) to arch maintainers did not
raise strong opposition.
Only on 32bit arches, we need to disable BH for 64bit counters updates
done from USER context (currently used for IP MIB)
This also reduces vmlinux size :
1) x86_64 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.after
text data bss dec hex filename
7853650 1293772 1896448 11043870 a8841e vmlinux.before
7850578 1293772 1896448 11040798 a8781e vmlinux.after
2) i386 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.afterpatch
text data bss dec hex filename
6039335 635076 3670016 10344427 9dd7eb vmlinux.before
6037342 635076 3670016 10342434 9dd022 vmlinux.afterpatch
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
CC: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org
CC: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate
of the netdevice.
This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface
is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used
(e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after
resuming from suspend)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to
a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info
available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in
which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately
40 VFs were created per interface.
Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will
calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate
enough data to satisfy the request.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Profiles show false sharing in addr_compare() because refcnt/dtime
changes dirty the first inet_peer cache line, where are lying the keys
used at lookup time. If many cpus are calling inet_getpeer() and
inet_putpeer(), or need frag ids, addr_compare() is in 2nd position in
"perf top".
Before patch, my udpflood bench (16 threads) on my 2x4x2 machine :
5784.00 9.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
3356.00 5.6% addr_compare [kernel]
2638.00 4.4% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
2625.00 4.4% ip_fragment [kernel]
1934.00 3.2% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1617.00 2.7% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1608.00 2.7% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
1480.00 2.5% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1396.00 2.3% kfree [kernel]
1195.00 2.0% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
1157.00 1.9% inet_getpeer [kernel]
1121.00 1.9% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
1012.00 1.7% dev_queue_xmit [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.511s
user 0m20.020s
sys 11m22.780s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.099s
user 0m20.140s
sys 11m15.870s
After patch, no more addr_compare() in profiles :
4171.00 10.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
1787.00 4.6% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
1756.00 4.5% ip_fragment [kernel]
1234.00 3.2% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1191.00 3.0% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1118.00 2.9% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1022.00 2.6% kfree [kernel]
993.00 2.5% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
841.00 2.2% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
816.00 2.1% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
658.00 1.7% ia32_sysenter_target [kernel]
632.00 1.6% kmem_cache_alloc_node [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.587s
user 0m19.190s
sys 10m36.370s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.486s
user 0m19.290s
sys 10m33.650s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andi Kleen and Tim Chen reported huge contention on inetpeer
unused_peers.lock, on memcached workload on a 40 core machine, with
disabled route cache.
It appears we constantly flip peers refcnt between 0 and 1 values, and
we must insert/remove peers from unused_peers.list, holding a contended
spinlock.
Remove this list completely and perform a garbage collection on-the-fly,
at lookup time, using the expired nodes we met during the tree
traversal.
This removes a lot of code, makes locking more standard, and obsoletes
two sysctls (inet_peer_gc_mintime and inet_peer_gc_maxtime). This also
removes two pointers in inet_peer structure.
There is still a false sharing effect because refcnt is in first cache
line of object [were the links and keys used by lookups are located], we
might move it at the end of inet_peer structure to let this first cache
line mostly read by cpus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch lowers the default initRTO from 3secs to 1sec per
RFC2988bis. It falls back to 3secs if the SYN or SYN-ACK packet
has been retransmitted, AND the TCP timestamp option is not on.
It also adds support to take RTT sample during 3WHS on the passive
open side, just like its active open counterpart, and uses it, if
valid, to seed the initRTO for the data transmission phase.
The patch also resets ssthresh to its initial default at the
beginning of the data transmission phase, and reduces cwnd to 1 if
there has been MORE THAN ONE retransmission during 3WHS per RFC5681.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add BT_POWER socket option used to control the power
characteristics of the underlying ACL link. When the remote end
has put the link in sniff mode and the host stack wants to send
data we need need to explicitly exit sniff mode to work well with
certain devices (For example, A2DP on Plantronics Voyager 855).
However, this causes problems with HID devices.
Hence, moving into active mode when sending data, irrespective
of who set the sniff mode has been made as a socket option. By
default, we will move into active mode. HID devices can set the
L2CAP socket option to prevent this from happening.
Currently, this has been implemented for L2CAP sockets. This has been
tested with incoming and outgoing L2CAP sockets for HID and A2DP.
Based on discussions on linux-bluetooth and patches submitted by
Andrei Emeltchenko.
Signed-off-by: Jaikumar Ganesh <jaikumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new field (dst_type) to the struct hci_conn which
holds the type of the destination address (bdaddr_t dst). This
approach is needed in order to use the struct hci_conn as an
abstraction of LE connections in HCI Layer. For non-LE this field
is ignored.
This patch also set properly the 'dst_type' field after initializing
LE hci_conn structures.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Legacy devices don't re-authenticate the link properly if a link key
already exists. Thus, don't update sec_level for this case even if
hci_auth_complete_evt indicates success. Otherwise the sec_level will
not reflect a real security on the link.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a timer to clear 'adv_entries' after three minutes.
After some amount of time, the advertising entries cached during
the last LE scan should be considered expired and they should be
removed from the advertising cache.
It was chosen a three minutes timeout as an initial attempt. This
value might change in future.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The LE advertising cache should be cleared before performing a LE
scanning. This will force the cache to contain only fresh advertising
entries.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the LE advertising cache. It stores sensitive
information (bdaddr and bdaddr_type so far) gathered from LE
advertising report events.
Only advertising entries from connectables devices are added to the
cache.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds definitions and a new struct for Advertising Report
Event from LE and Dual Mode controllers.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() is not really needed in l2cap_sock.c.
This patch also adds a call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() to the only place
in __l2cap_sock_close() that wasn't calling it. It's safe call it there
because l2cap_chan_clear_timer() check first for timer_peding().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The new timer does not belong to struct sock, tought it still touch some
sock things, but this will be sorted out soon.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
chan_type says if our chan is raw(direclty access to HCI),
connection less or connection oriented.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move all the sending logic to l2cap_core.c, but we still have a
socket dependence there, struct msghdr. It will be removed in some of the
further commits.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This is actually __l2cap_sock_close() renamed to __l2cap_chan_close().
At a first look it may not make sense, but with the further cleanups that
will come it will.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms.
In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions
based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit
WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP).
In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and
therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation.
Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback
that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions.
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* remove interrupt.g inclusion from netdevice.h -- not needed
* fixup fallout, add interrupt.h and hardirq.h back where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Semicolons are not necessary after switch/while/for/if braces
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
tg3: Fix tg3_skb_error_unmap()
net: tracepoint of net_dev_xmit sees freed skb and causes panic
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c: add missing clk_put
net: dm9000: Get the chip in a known good state before enabling interrupts
drivers/net/davinci_emac.c: add missing clk_put
af-packet: Add flag to distinguish VID 0 from no-vlan.
caif: Fix race when conditionally taking rtnl lock
usbnet/cdc_ncm: add missing .reset_resume hook
vlan: fix typo in vlan_dev_hard_start_xmit()
net/ipv4: Check for mistakenly passed in non-IPv4 address
iwl4965: correctly validate temperature value
bluetooth l2cap: fix locking in l2cap_global_chan_by_psm
ath9k: fix two more bugs in tx power
cfg80211: don't drop p2p probe responses
Revert "net: fix section mismatches"
drivers/net/usb/catc.c: Fix potential deadlock in catc_ctrl_run()
sctp: stop pending timers and purge queues when peer restart asoc
drivers/net: ks8842 Fix crash on received packet when in PIO mode.
ip_options_compile: properly handle unaligned pointer
iwlagn: fix incorrect PCI subsystem id for 6150 devices
...
In this case, the SCTP association transmits an ASCONF packet
including addition of the new IP address and deletion of the old
address. This patch implements this functionality.
In this case, the ASCONF chunk is added to the beginning of the
queue, because the other chunks cannot be transmitted in this state.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows the application to operate Auto-ASCONF on/off
behavior via setsockopt() and getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP reconfigure the IP addresses in the association by using
ASCONF chunks as mentioned in RFC5061. For example, we can
start to use the newly configured IP address in the existing
association. This patch implements automatic ASCONF operation
in the SCTP stack with address events in the host computer,
which is called auto_asconf.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF HSI Protocol Driver for the
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific HSI devices. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no HSI side Kernel API defined.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the peer restart the asoc, we should not only fail any unsent/unacked
data, but also stop the T3-rtx, SACK, T4-rto timers, and teardown ASCONF
queues.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: Kill ratelimit.h dependency in linux/net.h
net: Add linux/sysctl.h includes where needed.
net: Kill ether_table[] declaration.
inetpeer: fix race in unused_list manipulations
atm: expose ATM device index in sysfs
IPVS: bug in ip_vs_ftp, same list heaad used in all netns.
bug.h: Move ratelimit warn interfaces to ratelimit.h
bonding: cleanup module option descriptions
net:8021q:vlan.c Fix pr_info to just give the vlan fullname and version.
net: davinci_emac: fix dev_err use at probe
can: convert to %pK for kptr_restrict support
net: fix ETHTOOL_SFEATURES compatibility with old ethtool_ops.set_flags
netfilter: Fix several warnings in compat_mtw_from_user().
netfilter: ipset: fix ip_set_flush return code
netfilter: ipset: remove unused variable from type_pf_tdel()
netfilter: ipset: Use proper timeout value to jiffies conversion
Ingo Molnar noticed that we have this unnecessary ratelimit.h
dependency in linux/net.h, which hid compilation problems from
people doing builds only with CONFIG_NET enabled.
Move this stuff out to a seperate net/net_ratelimit.h file and
include that in the only two places where this thing is needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Several networking headers were depending upon the implicit
linux/sysctl.h include they get when including linux/net.h
Add explicit includes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ip_vs was adapted to netns the ftp application was not adapted
in a correct way.
However this is a fix to avoid kernel errors. In the long term another solution
might be chosen. I.e the ports that the ftp appl, uses should be per netns.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/linux-2.6-nsfd:
net: fix get_net_ns_by_fd for !CONFIG_NET_NS
ns proc: Return -ENOENT for a nonexistent /proc/self/ns/ entry.
ns: Declare sys_setns in syscalls.h
net: Allow setting the network namespace by fd
ns proc: Add support for the ipc namespace
ns proc: Add support for the uts namespace
ns proc: Add support for the network namespace.
ns: Introduce the setns syscall
ns: proc files for namespace naming policy.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (89 commits)
bonding: documentation and code cleanup for resend_igmp
bonding: prevent deadlock on slave store with alb mode (v3)
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks
Add Fujitsu 1000base-SX PCI ID to tg3
bnx2x: protect sequence increment with mutex
sch_sfq: fix peek() implementation
isdn: netjet - blacklist Digium TDM400P
via-velocity: don't annotate MAC registers as packed
xen: netfront: hold RTNL when updating features.
sctp: fix memory leak of the ASCONF queue when free asoc
net: make dev_disable_lro use physical device if passed a vlan dev (v2)
net: move is_vlan_dev into public header file (v2)
bug.h: Fix build with CONFIG_PRINTK disabled.
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h
wireless: fix cfg80211.h new kernel-doc warnings
iwlagn: dbg_fixed_rate only used when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS enabled
dst: catch uninitialized metrics
be2net: hash key for rss-config cmd not set
bridge: initialize fake_rtable metrics
net: fix __dst_destroy_metrics_generic()
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c
There are two small cleanups in this patch:
- p9_errstr2errno was declared twice - remove one declaration.
- A uint8_t type was mixed in, change it to u8 to match
with the rest of the type names and remove dependency.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Typo fixes and minor cleanups for v9fs
Signed-off-by: Rob Landley <rob@landley.net>
Reviewed-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV) <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings in <net/cfg80211.h>:
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:560): No description found for parameter 'bss_param'
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:1555): Enum value 'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' not described in enum 'wiphy_flags'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Catch cases where dst_metric_set() and other functions are called
but _metrics is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
b43: fix comment typo reqest -> request
Haavard Skinnemoen has left Atmel
cris: typo in mach-fs Makefile
Kconfig: fix copy/paste-ism for dell-wmi-aio driver
doc: timers-howto: fix a typo ("unsgined")
perf: Only include annotate.h once in tools/perf/util/ui/browsers/annotate.c
md, raid5: Fix spelling error in comment ('Ofcourse' --> 'Of course').
treewide: fix a few typos in comments
regulator: change debug statement be consistent with the style of the rest
Revert "arm: mach-u300/gpio: Fix mem_region resource size miscalculations"
audit: acquire creds selectively to reduce atomic op overhead
rtlwifi: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
treewide: cleanup continuations and remove logging message whitespace
ath9k_hw: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
include/linux/leds-regulator.h: fix syntax in example code
tty: fix typo in descripton of tty_termios_encode_baud_rate
xtensa: remove obsolete BKL kernel option from defconfig
m68k: fix comment typo 'occcured'
arch:Kconfig.locks Remove unused config option.
treewide: remove extra semicolons
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
bnx2x: allow device properly initialize after hotplug
bnx2x: fix DMAE timeout according to hw specifications
bnx2x: properly handle CFC DEL in cnic flow
bnx2x: call dev_kfree_skb_any instead of dev_kfree_skb
net: filter: move forward declarations to avoid compile warnings
pktgen: refactor pg_init() code
pktgen: use vzalloc_node() instead of vmalloc_node() + memset()
net: skb_trim explicitely check the linearity instead of data_len
ipv4: Give backtrace in ip_rt_bug().
net: avoid synchronize_rcu() in dev_deactivate_many
net: remove synchronize_net() from netdev_set_master()
rtnetlink: ignore NETDEV_RELEASE and NETDEV_JOIN event
net: rename NETDEV_BONDING_DESLAVE to NETDEV_RELEASE
bridge: call NETDEV_JOIN notifiers when add a slave
netpoll: disable netpoll when enslave a device
macvlan: Forward unicast frames in bridge mode to lowerdev
net: Remove linux/prefetch.h include from linux/skbuff.h
ipv4: Include linux/prefetch.h in fib_trie.c
netlabel: Remove prefetches from list handlers.
drivers/net: add prefetch header for prefetch users
...
Fixed up prefetch parts: removed a few duplicate prefetch.h includes,
fixed the location of the igb prefetch.h, took my version of the
skbuff.h code without the extra parentheses etc.
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Trivial patch updating documentation in header files only.
Error handling of CAIF transmit errors was changed by commit:
caif: Don't resend if dev_queue_xmit fails.
This patch updates the documentation accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1446 commits)
macvlan: fix panic if lowerdev in a bond
tg3: Add braces around 5906 workaround.
tg3: Fix NETIF_F_LOOPBACK error
macvlan: remove one synchronize_rcu() call
networking: NET_CLS_ROUTE4 depends on INET
irda: Fix error propagation in ircomm_lmp_connect_response()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'bytes' in irlan_check_command_param()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'clen' in ircomm_connect_indication()
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_transport()
be2net: Kill set but unused variable 'req' in lancer_fw_download()
irda: Kill set but unused vars 'saddr' and 'daddr' in irlan_provider_connect_indication()
atl1c: atl1c_resume() is only used when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is defined.
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_peer().
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'local' in rxrpc_UDP_error_handler()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_process_connection()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_rotate_tx_window()
pkt_sched: Kill set but unused variable 'protocol' in tc_classify()
isdn: capi: Use pr_debug() instead of ifdefs.
tg3: Update version to 3.119
tg3: Apply rx_discards fix to 5719/5720
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/x86/Kconfig and net/mac80211/agg-tx.c
as per Davem.
ipv6 has per device ICMP SNMP counters, taking too much space because
they use percpu storage.
needed size per device is :
(512+4)*sizeof(long)*number_of_possible_cpus*2
On a 32bit kernel, 16 possible cpus, this wastes more than 64kbytes of
memory per ipv6 enabled network device, taken in vmalloc pool.
Since ICMP messages are rare, just use shared counters (atomic_long_t)
Per network space ICMP counters are still using percpu memory, we might
also convert them to shared counters in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211 scan code adds separate BSS entries if the same BSS shows up
on multiple channels. However, sme implementation does not use the
frequency when fetching the BSS entry. Fix this by adding channel
information to cfg80211_roamed() and include it in cfg80211_get_bss()
calls.
Please note that drivers using cfg80211_roamed() need to be modified to
fully implement this fix. This commit includes only minimal changes to
avoid compilation issues; it maintains the old (broken) behavior for
most drivers. ath6kl was the only one that I could test, so I updated
it to provide the operating frequency in the roamed event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's way past it's usefulness. And this gets rid of a bunch
of stray ->rt_{dst,src} references.
Even the comment documenting the macro was inaccurate (stated
default was 1 when it's 0).
If reintroduced, it should be done properly, with dynamic debug
facilities.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=n the building process fails:
ping.c:(.text+0x52af3): undefined reference to `inet_get_ping_group_range_net'
Moved inet_get_ping_group_range_net() to ping.c.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).
When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).
Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do proper handling of dev_queue_xmit errors in order to
avoid double free of skb and leaks in error conditions.
In cfctrl pending requests are removed when CAIF Link layer goes down.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct net to reference CAIF configuration object instead of static variables.
Refactor functions caif_connect_client, caif_disconnect_client and squach
files cfcnfg.c and caif_config_utils.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Socket Layer and ip-interface registers reference counters
in CAIF service layer. The functions sock_hold, sock_put and
dev_hold, dev_put are used by CAIF Stack to protect from freeing
memory while packets are in-flight.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having reference counts in caif service layers,
we hook into existing refcount handling in socket layer and netdevice.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce Per-cpu reference for lower part of CAIF Stack.
Before freeing payload is disabled, synchronize_rcu() is called,
and then ref-count verified to be zero.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU read_lock and refcount is used to protect in-flight packets.
Use RCU and counters to manage freeing lower part of the CAIF stack if
CAIF-link layer is removed. Old solution based on delaying removal of
device is removed.
When CAIF link layer goes down the use of CAIF link layer is disabled
(by calling caif_set_phy_state()), but removal and freeing of the
lower part of the CAIF stack is done when Link layer is unregistered.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace spin_lock with rcu_read_lock when accessing lists to layers
and cache. While packets are in flight rcu_read_lock should not be held,
instead ref-counters are used in combination with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
bridge: fix forwarding of IPv6
bonding,llc: Fix structure sizeof incompatibility for some PDUs
ipv6: restore correct ECN handling on TCP xmit
ne-h8300: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
hydra: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
zorro8390: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
sfc: Always map MCDI shared memory as uncacheable
ehea: Fix memory hotplug oops
libertas: fix cmdpendingq locking
iwlegacy: fix IBSS mode crashes
ath9k: Fix a warning due to a queued work during S3 state
mac80211: don't start the dynamic ps timer if not associated
Pass in the sk_buff so that we can fetch the necessary keys from
the packet header when working with input routes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IPPROTO_ICMP socket kind. It makes it possible to send
ICMP_ECHO messages and receive the corresponding ICMP_ECHOREPLY messages
without any special privileges. In other words, the patch makes it
possible to implement setuid-less and CAP_NET_RAW-less /bin/ping. In
order not to increase the kernel's attack surface, the new functionality
is disabled by default, but is enabled at bootup by supporting Linux
distributions, optionally with restriction to a group or a group range
(see below).
Similar functionality is implemented in Mac OS X:
http://www.manpagez.com/man/4/icmp/
A new ping socket is created with
socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, PROT_ICMP)
Message identifiers (octets 4-5 of ICMP header) are interpreted as local
ports. Addresses are stored in struct sockaddr_in. No port numbers are
reserved for privileged processes, port 0 is reserved for API ("let the
kernel pick a free number"). There is no notion of remote ports, remote
port numbers provided by the user (e.g. in connect()) are ignored.
Data sent and received include ICMP headers. This is deliberate to:
1) Avoid the need to transport headers values like sequence numbers by
other means.
2) Make it easier to port existing programs using raw sockets.
ICMP headers given to send() are checked and sanitized. The type must be
ICMP_ECHO and the code must be zero (future extensions might relax this,
see below). The id is set to the number (local port) of the socket, the
checksum is always recomputed.
ICMP reply packets received from the network are demultiplexed according
to their id's, and are returned by recv() without any modifications.
IP header information and ICMP errors of those packets may be obtained
via ancillary data (IP_RECVTTL, IP_RETOPTS, and IP_RECVERR). ICMP source
quenches and redirects are reported as fake errors via the error queue
(IP_RECVERR); the next hop address for redirects is saved to ee_info (in
network order).
socket(2) is restricted to the group range specified in
"/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ping_group_range". It is "1 0" by default, meaning
that nobody (not even root) may create ping sockets. Setting it to "100
100" would grant permissions to the single group (to either make
/sbin/ping g+s and owned by this group or to grant permissions to the
"netadmins" group), "0 4294967295" would enable it for the world, "100
4294967295" would enable it for the users, but not daemons.
The existing code might be (in the unlikely case anyone needs it)
extended rather easily to handle other similar pairs of ICMP messages
(Timestamp/Reply, Information Request/Reply, Address Mask Request/Reply
etc.).
Userspace ping util & patch for it:
http://openwall.info/wiki/people/segoon/ping
For Openwall GNU/*/Linux it was the last step on the road to the
setuid-less distro. A revision of this patch (for RHEL5/OpenVZ kernels)
is in use in Owl-current, such as in the 2011/03/12 LiveCD ISOs:
http://mirrors.kernel.org/openwall/Owl/current/iso/
Initially this functionality was written by Pavel Kankovsky for
Linux 2.4.32, but unfortunately it was never made public.
All ping options (-b, -p, -Q, -R, -s, -t, -T, -M, -I), are tested with
the patch.
PATCH v3:
- switched to flowi4.
- minor changes to be consistent with raw sockets code.
PATCH v2:
- changed ping_debug() to pr_debug().
- removed CONFIG_IP_PING.
- removed ping_seq_fops.owner field (unused for procfs).
- switched to proc_net_fops_create().
- switched to %pK in seq_printf().
PATCH v1:
- fixed checksumming bug.
- CAP_NET_RAW may not create icmp sockets anymore.
RFC v2:
- minor cleanups.
- introduced sysctl'able group range to restrict socket(2).
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With some combinations of arch/compiler (e.g. arm-linux-gcc) the sizeof
operator on structure returns value greater than expected. In cases when the
structure is used for mapping PDU fields it may lead to unexpected results
(such as holes and alignment problems in skb data). __packed prevents this
undesired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vitalii Demianets <vitas@nppfactor.kiev.ua>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit e9df2e8fd8 (Use appropriate sock tclass setting for
routing lookup) we lost ability to properly add ECN codemarks to ipv6
TCP frames.
It seems like TCP_ECN_send() calls INET_ECN_xmit(), which only sets the
ECN bit in the IPv4 ToS field (inet_sk(sk)->tos), but after the patch,
what's checked is inet6_sk(sk)->tclass, which is a completely different
field.
Close bug https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34322
[Eric Dumazet] : added the INET_ECN_dontxmit() fix and replace macros
by inline functions for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove all remaining references to rt->rt_{src,dst}
by using dest->dst_saddr to cache saddr (used for TUN mode).
For ICMP in FORWARD hook just restrict the rt_mode for NAT
to disable LOCALNODE. All other modes do not allow
IP_VS_RT_MODE_RDR, so we should be safe with the ICMP
forwarding. Using cp->daddr as replacement for rt_dst
is safe for all modes except BYPASS, even when cp->dest is
NULL because it is cp->daddr that is used to assign cp->dest
for sync-ed connections.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing last vlan from a device, garp_uninit_applicant() calls
synchronize_rcu() to make sure no user can still manipulate struct
garp_applicant before we free it.
Use call_rcu() instead, as a step to further net_device dismantle
optimizations.
Add the temporary garp_cleanup_module() function to make sure no pending
call_rcu() are left at module unload time [ this will be removed when
kfree_rcu() is available ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls
cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag
"driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the
necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to
prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not
between mac80211 and cfg80211.
To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling
cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try
to use different beacon intervals, but that just
leads to problems since it won't actually be done
that way by drivers. Return an error in this case
to make sure it won't be done wrong.
Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period
or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. This value informs the driver at which
intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform
scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled
scans.
This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan
and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in
order to avoid duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload. With this feature we
can scan automatically at certain intervals.
The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on
desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily.
Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
commands to the nl80211 interface. When results are available they are
reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events. The userspace is
informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by
the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.
Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).
These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of pre v2.1 devices authentication request will return
success immediately if the link key already exists without any
authentication process.
That means, it's not possible to re-authenticate the link if you
already have combination key and for instance want to re-authenticate
to get the high security (use 16 digit pin).
Therefore, it's necessary to check security requirements on auth
complete event to prevent not enough secure connection.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
slcan: fix ldisc->open retval
net/usb: mark LG VL600 LTE modem ethernet interface as WWAN
xfrm: Don't allow esn with disabled anti replay detection
xfrm: Assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
net: dev_close() should check IFF_UP
vlan: fix GVRP at dismantle time
netfilter: revert a2361c8735
netfilter: IPv6: fix DSCP mangle code
netfilter: IPv6: initialize TOS field in REJECT target module
IPVS: init and cleanup restructuring
IPVS: Change of socket usage to enable name space exit.
netfilter: ebtables: only call xt_compat_add_offset once per rule
netfilter: fix ebtables compat support
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix timestamp support for new conntracks
pch_gbe: support ML7223 IOH
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of checksum judgment
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of collision detection
NET: slip, fix ldisc->open retval
be2net: Fixed bugs related to PVID.
ehea: fix wrongly reported speed and port
...
As it is, we assign the outer modes output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. This leads to two problems on interfamily
scenarios. We might insert ipv4 packets into ip6_fragment when called
from xfrm6_output. The system crashes if we try to fragment an ipv4
packet with ip6_fragment. This issue was introduced with git commit
ad0081e4 (ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets
as needed). The second issue is, that we might insert ipv4 packets in
netfilter6 and vice versa on interfamily scenarios.
With this patch we assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. So xfrm4_output/xfrm6_output from the inner
mode is used and the right fragmentation and netfilter functions are called.
We switch then to outer mode with the output_finish functions.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new abstraction and allow network devices
to be placed in any network namespace that we have a fd to talk
about.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
DESCRIPTION
This patch tries to restore the initial init and cleanup
sequences that was before namspace patch.
Netns also requires action when net devices unregister
which has never been implemented. I.e this patch also
covers when a device moves into a network namespace,
and has to be released.
IMPLEMENTATION
The number of calls to register_pernet_device have been
reduced to one for the ip_vs.ko
Schedulers still have their own calls.
This patch adds a function __ip_vs_service_cleanup()
and an enable flag for the netfilter hooks.
The nf hooks will be enabled when the first service is loaded
and never disabled again, except when a namespace exit starts.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
[horms@verge.net.au: minor edit to changelog]
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Speedup vlan dismantling in CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_GVRP=y cases,
by using a call_rcu() to free the memory instead of waiting with
expensive synchronize_rcu() [ while RTNL is held ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way ip_output.c no longer needs rt->rt_{src,dst}.
We already have these keys sitting, ready and waiting, on the stack or
in a socket structure.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to acquire the exact route keying information from the
protocol, however that might be managed.
It handles all of the possibilities, from the simplest case of storing
the key in inet->cork.fl to the more complex setup SCTP has where
individual transports determine the flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just like inet_csk_route_req() except that it operates after
we've created the new child socket.
In this way we can use the new socket's cork flow for proper route
key storage.
This will be used by DCCP and TCP child socket creation handling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several future simplifications are possible now because of this.
For example, the sctp_addr unions can simply refer directly to
the flowi information.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rcu callback sctp_local_addr_free() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(sctp_local_addr_free).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
When we fast path datagram sends to avoid locking by putting
the inet_cork on the stack we use up lots of space that isn't
necessary.
This is because inet_cork contains a "struct flowi" which isn't
used in these code paths.
Split inet_cork to two parts, "inet_cork" and "inet_cork_full".
Only the latter of which has the "struct flowi" and is what is
stored in inet_sock.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN
configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is
completely offloaded to the driver though,
with two new callbacks (suspend/resume).
Options for the driver include a complete
reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing
all the triggers it wants to support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is based on (but now quite far from) the
original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support
for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting
the configuration out again. Changes from the
original patchset are too numerous to list,
but one important change needs highlighting:
the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the
trigger configuration if userspace has not
configured WoWLAN at all.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only user of WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS was removed
and consequently, this flag can be removed, too. In addition, a single
capability flag was not enough to indicate this capability clearly since
the device behavior may be different based on which operating mode is
being used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a multiple message send syscall and is the send
version of the existing recvmmsg syscall. This is heavily
based on the patch by Arnaldo that added recvmmsg.
I wrote a microbenchmark to test the performance gains of using
this new syscall:
http://ozlabs.org/~anton/junkcode/sendmmsg_test.c
The test was run on a ppc64 box with a 10 Gbit network card. The
benchmark can send both UDP and RAW ethernet packets.
64B UDP
batch pkts/sec
1 804570
2 872800 (+ 8 %)
4 916556 (+14 %)
8 939712 (+17 %)
16 952688 (+18 %)
32 956448 (+19 %)
64 964800 (+20 %)
64B raw socket
batch pkts/sec
1 1201449
2 1350028 (+12 %)
4 1461416 (+22 %)
8 1513080 (+26 %)
16 1541216 (+28 %)
32 1553440 (+29 %)
64 1557888 (+30 %)
We see a 20% improvement in throughput on UDP send and 30%
on raw socket send.
[ Add sparc syscall entries. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new list was added to replace the socket based one. This new list
doesn't depent on sock and then fits better inside l2cap_core.c code.
It also rename l2cap_chan_alloc() to l2cap_chan_create() and
l2cap_chan_free() to l2cap_chan_destroy)
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When the user doesn't specify a psm we have the choose one for the
channel. Now we do this inside l2cap_add_psm().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The intention is to get rid of the l2cap_sk_list usage inside
l2cap_core.c. l2cap_sk_list will soon be replaced by a list that does not
depend on socket usage.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
First, make callers pass on-stack flowi4 to ip_route_output_gre()
so they can get at the fully resolved flow key.
Next, use that in ipgre_tunnel_xmit() to avoid the need to use
rt->rt_{dst,src}.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To more accurately reflect that it is purely a routing
cache lookup key and is used in no other context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four years ago, Patrick made a change to hold rtnl mutex during netlink
dump callbacks.
I believe it was a wrong move. This slows down concurrent dumps, making
good old /proc/net/ files faster than rtnetlink in some situations.
This occurred to me because one "ip link show dev ..." was _very_ slow
on a workload adding/removing network devices in background.
All dump callbacks are able to use RCU locking now, so this patch does
roughly a revert of commits :
1c2d670f36 : [RTNETLINK]: Hold rtnl_mutex during netlink dump callbacks
6313c1e099 : [RTNETLINK]: Remove unnecessary locking in dump callbacks
This let writers fight for rtnl mutex and readers going full speed.
It also takes care of phonet : phonet_route_get() is now called from rcu
read section. I renamed it to phonet_route_get_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that output route lookups update the flow with
source address et al. selections, the fl4->{saddr,daddr}
assignments here are no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We lack proper synchronization to manipulate inet->opt ip_options
Problem is ip_make_skb() calls ip_setup_cork() and
ip_setup_cork() possibly makes a copy of ipc->opt (struct ip_options),
without any protection against another thread manipulating inet->opt.
Another thread can change inet->opt pointer and free old one under us.
Use RCU to protect inet->opt (changed to inet->inet_opt).
Instead of handling atomic refcounts, just copy ip_options when
necessary, to avoid cache line dirtying.
We cant insert an rcu_head in struct ip_options since its included in
skb->cb[], so this patch is large because I had to introduce a new
ip_options_rcu structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even for keys that shouldn't be stored some use cases require the
knowledge of a new key having been created so that the conclusion of a
successful pairing can be made. Therefore, always send the mgmt_new_key
event but add a store_hint parameter to it to indicate to user space
whether the key should be stored or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
User space shouldn't have any need for the old key type so remove it
from the corresponding Management interface event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Link keys should only be stored if very specific criteria of the
authentication process are fulfilled. This patch essentially copies the
criteria that user space has so far been using to the kernel side so
that the management interface works properly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When accepting a pairing request which fulfills the SSP auto-accept
criteria we need to push the request all the way to the user for
confirmation. This patch adds a new hint to the user_confirm_request
management event so user space can know when to show a numeric
comparison dialog and when to show a simple yes/no confirmation dialog.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some test systems require an arbitrary delay to the auto-accept test
cases for Secure Simple Pairing in order for the tests to pass.
Previously when this was handled in user space it was worked around by
code modifications and recompilation, but now that it's on the kernel
side it's more convenient if there's a debugfs interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in
drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware.
This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the
11b rates in P2P operation.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX
packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the
low level driver about these events.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend the mgmt_pin_code_request interface to require secure
pin code (16 digit) for authentication.
This is a kernel part of the secure pin code requirement notification
to user space agent.
Code styling fix by Johan Hedberg.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep the link key type together with connection and use it to
map security level to link key requirements. Authenticate and/or
encrypt connection if the link is insufficiently secure.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Introduce the link key types defs and use them instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new event to the Management interface to track when
local adapters are discovering remote devices. For now this only tracks
BR/EDR discovery procedures.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds start_discovery and stop_discovery commands to the
management interface. Right now their implementation is fairly
simplistic and the parameters are fixed to what user space has
defaulted to so far.
This is the very initial phase for discovery implementation into
the kernel. Next steps include name resolution, LE scanning and
bdaddr type handling.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There is no need to the socket deal directly with the channel, most of the
time it cares about the channel only.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In this commit, omtu, imtu, flush_to, mode and sport. It also remove the
pi var from l2cap_sock_sendmsg().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
l2cap_chan_connect() is a much better name and reflects what this
functions is doing (or will do once socket dependence is removed from the
core).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If the allocation happens at l2cap_sock_create() will be able to use the
struct l2cap_chan to store channel info that comes from the user via
setsockopt.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's not used by anything in the kernel, and defined in net/route.h so
never exported to userspace.
Therefore we can safely remove it.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are used together as a unit for route resolution
during connect(). They address the chicken-and-egg problem that
exists when ports need to be allocated during connect() processing,
yet such port allocations require addressing information from the
routing code.
It's currently more heavy handed than it needs to be, and in
particular we allocate and initialize a flow object twice.
Let the callers provide the on-stack flow object. That way we only
need to initialize it once in the ip_route_connect() call.
Later, if ip_route_newports() needs to do anything, it re-uses that
flow object as-is except for the ports which it updates before the
route re-lookup.
Also, describe why this set of facilities are needed and how it works
in a big comment.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Change the call to take the transport parameter and set the
cached 'dst' appropriately inside the get_dst() function calls.
This will allow us in the future to clean up source address
storage as well.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in passing a destination address to
a get_saddr() call.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 routing lookup does give us a source address,
but instead of filling it into the dst, it's stored in
the flowi. We can use that instead of going through the
entire source address selection again.
Also the useless ->dst_saddr member of sctp_pf is removed.
And sctp_v6_dst_saddr() is removed, instead by introduce
sctp_v6_to_addr(), which can be reused to cleanup some dup
code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These header files are never installed to user consumption, so any
__KERNEL__ cpp checks are superfluous.
Projects should also not copy these files into their userland utility
sources and try to use them there. If they insist on doing so, the
onus is on them to sanitize the headers as needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add const qualifiers to structs iphdr, ipv6hdr and in6_addr pointers
where possible, to make code intention more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implement event notification SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT.
SCTP Socket API Extensions:
6.1.9. SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT
When the SCTP stack has no more user data to send or retransmit, this
notification is given to the user. Also, at the time when a user app
subscribes to this event, if there is no data to be sent or
retransmit, the stack will immediately send up this notification.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch change the auth event type name to SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
which is based on API extension compliance.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST.
SCTP Socket API Extension:
8.2.6. Get the Current Identifiers of Associations
(SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST)
This option gets the current list of SCTP association identifiers of
the SCTP associations handled by a one-to-many style socket.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make heartbeat information in sctp_make_heartbeat() instead
of make it in sctp_sf_heartbeat() directly for common using.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not check whether the source address of COOKIE-ECHO
chunk is the original address of INIT chunk or part of the any
address parameters saved in COOKIE in CLOSED state. So even if
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk is from any address but with correct COOKIE,
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk still be accepted. If the COOKIE is not from
a valid address, the assoc should not be established.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not SCTP_STATE_EMPTY and we can never be in
that state. Remove useless code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - ntohs(pos.p->length) and
ntohs(pos.p->length) >= sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) these two expressions are all true,
pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) *must* be true.
This patch removes this kind of redundant check.
It's same to _sctp_walk_errors macro.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove SCTP_CMD_TRANSMIT command as it never be used.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro never be used.
And if needed, can use !sctp_chunk_is_data instead of.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211
to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for
it.
This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering,
in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep
track of the Block-ACK window.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[ipv6] Add support for RTA_PREFSRC
This patch allows a user to select the preferred source address
for a specific IPv6-Route. It can be set via a netlink message
setting RTA_PREFSRC to a valid IPv6 address which must be
up on the device the route will be bound to.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Walter <dwalter@barracuda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harsh Prateek Bora <harsh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric VAn Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that we use write_inode to flush server
cache related to fid, we don't need tsyncfs either fort dotl or dotu
protocols. For dotu this helps to do a more efficient server flush.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
fib_select_default() is a complete NOP, and completely pointless
to invoke, when we have no more than 1 default route installed.
And this is far and away the common case.
So remember how many prefixlen==0 routes we have in the routing
table, and elide the call when we have no more than one of those.
This cuts output route creation time by 157 cycles on Niagara2+.
In order to add the new int to fib_table, we have to correct the type
of ->tb_data[] to unsigned long, otherwise the private area will be
unaligned on 64-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a
measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify userspace when a beacon/presp is received from a suitable mesh
peer candidate for whom no sta information exists. Userspace can then
decide to create a sta info for the candidate. If userspace is not
ready to authenticate the peer right away, it can create the sta info
with the authenticated flag unset and set it later.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During mesh setup, use NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag to create
a secure mesh and route management frames to userspace.
Also, NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY now returns a flag NL80211_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
if the wiphy's mesh implementation supports routing of mesh auth frames
to userspace. This is useful for forward compatibility between old
kernels and new userspace tools.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie
into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and
the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for
the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take
more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this
stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing.
If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the
PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is
enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly
helps in improving the average throughput.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cleanup of new CAIF code.
* make local functions static
* remove code that is never used
* expand get_caif_conf() since wrapper is no longer needed
* make args to comparison functions const
* rename connect_req_to_link_param to keep exported names
consistent
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: Add support for SMSC LAN9530, LAN9730 and LAN89530
mlx4_en: Restoring RX buffer pointer in case of failure
mlx4: Sensing link type at device initialization
ipv4: Fix "Set rt->rt_iif more sanely on output routes."
MAINTAINERS: add entry for Xen network backend
be2net: Fix suspend/resume operation
be2net: Rename some struct members for clarity
pppoe: drop PPPOX_ZOMBIEs in pppoe_flush_dev
dsa/mv88e6131: add support for mv88e6085 switch
ipv6: Enable RFS sk_rxhash tracking for ipv6 sockets (v2)
be2net: Fix a potential crash during shutdown.
bna: Fix for handling firmware heartbeat failure
can: mcp251x: Allow pass IRQ flags through platform data.
smsc911x: fix mac_lock acquision before calling smsc911x_mac_read
iwlwifi: accept EEPROM version 0x423 for iwl6000
rt2x00: fix cancelling uninitialized work
rtlwifi: Fix some warnings/bugs
p54usb: IDs for two new devices
wl12xx: fix potential buffer overflow in testmode nvs push
zd1211rw: reset rx idle timer from tasklet
...
The reverse path filter interferes with IPsec subnet-to-subnet tunnels,
especially when the link to the IPsec peer is on an interface other than
the one hosting the default route.
With dynamic routing, where the peer might be reachable through eth0
today and eth1 tomorrow, it's difficult to keep rp_filter enabled unless
fake routes to the remote subnets are configured on the interface
currently used to reach the peer.
IPsec provides a much stronger anti-spoofing policy than rp_filter, so
this patch disables the rp_filter for packets with a security path.
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes sk_buff available for other use in fib_validate_source().
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is part of "moving things to l2cap_chan". As one the first move it
triggered a big number of changes in the funcions parameters, basically
changing the struct sock param to struct l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we use struct list_head to keep L2CAP channels list the workaround with
del_list is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use a well known Kernel API is always a good idea than implement your own
list.
In the future we might use RCU on this list.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan cames to create a clear separation between what
properties and data belongs to the L2CAP channel and what belongs to the
socket. By now we just fold the struct sock * in struct l2cap_chan as all
the channel info is struct l2cap_pinfo today.
In the next commits we will see a move of channel stuff to struct
l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Commit 1018b5c016 ("Set rt->rt_iif more
sanely on output routes.") breaks rt_is_{output,input}_route.
This became the cause to return "IP_PKTINFO's ->ipi_ifindex == 0".
To fix it, this does:
1) Add "int rt_route_iif;" to struct rtable
2) For input routes, always set rt_route_iif to same value as rt_iif
3) For output routes, always set rt_route_iif to zero. Set rt_iif
as it is done currently.
4) Change rt_is_{output,input}_route() to test rt_route_iif
Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.
[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit c6e1a0d12c broken the calc
(net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit)
of checksum, which may cause some tcp packets be dropped because
incorrect checksum. ssh does not work under today's net-next-2.6
tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data
cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and
skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use
this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is
configurable per device using ethtool.
Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does
not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device
indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by
default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum
is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done
anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case
the no cache copy is probably not beneficial.
This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with
1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86.
No-cache copy disabled:
672703 tps, 97.13% utilization
50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41
No-cache copy enabled:
702113 tps, 96.16% utilization,
50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955
Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the
effects more dramatically:
No-cache copy disabled:
79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization
50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76
No-cache copy enabled:
83856 tps, 34.81% utilization
50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88
Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile).
This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is
consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide
the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload
stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new remote_name event to the Management interface
which is sent every time the name of a remote device is resolved (over
BR/EDR).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a device_found event to the Management interface. For
now the event only maps to BR/EDR inquiry result HCI events, but in the
future the plan is to also use it for the LE device discovery process.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The description for buf_size was misleading and
just said you couldn't TX larger aggregates, but
of course you can't TX aggregates in a way that
would exceed the window either, which is possible
even if the aggregates are shorter than that.
Expand the description, thanks to Emmanuel for
explaining this to me.
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipvsadm -ln --daemon will trigger a Null pointer exception because
ip_vs_genl_dump_daemons() uses skb_net() instead of skb_sknet().
To prevent others from NULL ptr a check is made in ip_vs.h skb_net().
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
auth_hmacs field of struct sctp_cookie is used for store
Requested HMAC Algorithm Parameter, and each HMAC Identifier
is 2 bytes, so the length should be:
SCTP_AUTH_NUM_HMACS * sizeof(__u16) + 2
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
This patch adds automated creation of the local EIR data based on what
16-bit UUIDs are registered and what the device name is. This should
cover the majority use cases, however things like 32/128-bit UUIDs, TX
power and Device ID will need to be added later to be on par with what
bluetoothd is capable of doing (without the Management interface).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds commands to add and remove remote OOB data to the managment
interface. Remote data is stored in kernel and can be used by corresponding
HCI commands and events when needed.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a command to read local OOB data to the managment interface.
The command maps directly to the Read Local OOB Data HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_local_name management command as well as a
local_name_changed management event. With these user space can both
change the local name as well as monitor changes to it by others.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the name of the adapter to the reply of the read_info
management command.
The management messages reserve 249 bytes for the name instead of 248
(like in the HCI spec) so that there is always a guarantee that it is
nul-terminated. That way it can safely be passed onto string
manipulation functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a clear define for the maximum device name length in HCI
messages and thereby avoids magic numbers in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
On-stack initialization via assignment of flow structures are
expensive because GCC emits a memset() to clear the entire
structure out no matter what.
Add a helper for ipv4 output flow key setup which we can use to avoid
the memset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My commit 6d55cb91a0 (gre: fix hard header destination
address checking) broke multicast.
The reason is that ip_gre used to get ipgre_header() calls with
zero destination if we have NOARP or multicast destination. Instead
the actual target was decided at ipgre_tunnel_xmit() time based on
per-protocol dissection.
Instead of allowing the "abuse" of ->header() calls with invalid
destination, this creates multicast mappings for ip_gre. This also
fixes "ip neigh show nud noarp" to display the proper multicast
mappings used by the gre device.
Reported-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we clone a xfrm state we have to assign the replay_esn
and the preplay_esn pointers to the state if we use the
new replay detection method. To this end, we add a
xfrm_replay_clone() function that allocates memory for
the replay detection and takes over the necessary values
from the original state.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define some constant offsets for CALL_REQUEST based on the description
at <http://www.techfest.com/networking/wan/x25plp.htm> and the
definition of ROSE as using 10-digit (5-byte) addresses. Use them
consistently. Validate all implicit and explicit facilities lengths.
Validate the address length byte rather than either trusting or
assuming its value.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We clone the child entry in skb_dst_pop before we call
skb_dst_drop(). Otherwise we might kill the child right
before we return it to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we set up the flow informations in ip_route_newports(), we take
the address informations from the the rt_key_src and rt_key_dst fields
of the rtable. They appear to be empty. So take the address
informations from rt_src and rt_dst instead. This issue was introduced
by commit 5e2b61f784 ("ipv4: Remove
flowi from struct rtable.")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the scope value out of the fib alias entries and into fib_info,
so that we always use the correct scope when recomputing the nexthop
cached source address.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any operation that:
1) Brings up an interface
2) Adds an IP address to an interface
3) Deletes an IP address from an interface
can potentially invalidate the nh_saddr value, requiring
it to be recomputed.
Perform the recomputation lazily using a generation ID.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
commit fd245a4adb (net_sched: move TCQ_F_THROTTLED flag)
added a race.
qdisc_watchdog() is run from softirq, so special care should be taken or
we can lose one state transition (THROTTLED/RUNNING)
Prior to fd245a4adb, we were manipulating q->flags (qdisc->flags &=
~TCQ_F_THROTTLED;) and this manipulation could only race with
qdisc_warn_nonwc().
Since we want to avoid atomic ops in qdisc fast path - it was the
meaning of commit 3711210576 (QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic
bit ops) - fix is to move THROTTLE bit into 'state' field, this one
being manipulated with SMP and IRQ safe operations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids explicit cast to avoid 'discards qualifiers'
compiler warning in a netfilter patch that i've been working on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported for problems with local
routes left after IP addresses are deleted. It happens
when same IPs are used in more than one subnet for the
device.
Fix fib_del_ifaddr to restrict the checks for duplicate
local and broadcast addresses only to the IFAs that use
our primary IFA or another primary IFA with same address.
And we expect the prefsrc to be matched when the routes
are deleted because it is possible they to differ only by
prefsrc. This patch prevents local and broadcast routes
to be leaked until their primary IP is deleted finally
from the box.
As the secondary address promotion needs to delete
the routes for all secondaries that used the old primary IFA,
add option to ignore these secondaries from the checks and
to assume they are already deleted, so that we can safely
delete the route while these IFAs are still on the device list.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dont need to test if we run from softirq context, we definitely are.
This saves few instructions in ip_rcv() & ip_rcv_finish()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix many of each of these warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line:
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1480 commits)
bonding: enable netpoll without checking link status
xfrm: Refcount destination entry on xfrm_lookup
net: introduce rx_handler results and logic around that
bonding: get rid of IFF_SLAVE_INACTIVE netdev->priv_flag
bonding: wrap slave state work
net: get rid of multiple bond-related netdevice->priv_flags
bonding: register slave pointer for rx_handler
be2net: Bump up the version number
be2net: Copyright notice change. Update to Emulex instead of ServerEngines
e1000e: fix kconfig for crc32 dependency
netfilter ebtables: fix xt_AUDIT to work with ebtables
xen network backend driver
bonding: Improve syslog message at device creation time
bonding: Call netif_carrier_off after register_netdevice
bonding: Incorrect TX queue offset
net_sched: fix ip_tos2prio
xfrm: fix __xfrm_route_forward()
be2net: Fix UDP packet detected status in RX compl
Phonet: fix aligned-mode pipe socket buffer header reserve
netxen: support for GbE port settings
...
Fix up conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmsmac/wl_mac80211.c
with the staging updates.
* 'tty-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6: (76 commits)
pch_uart: reference clock on CM-iTC
pch_phub: add new device ML7213
n_gsm: fix UIH control byte : P bit should be 0
n_gsm: add a documentation
serial: msm_serial_hs: Add MSM high speed UART driver
tty_audit: fix tty_audit_add_data live lock on audit disabled
tty: move cd1865.h to drivers/staging/tty/
Staging: tty: fix build with epca.c driver
pcmcia: synclink_cs: fix prototype for mgslpc_ioctl()
Staging: generic_serial: fix double locking bug
nozomi: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
tty/serial: Relax the device_type restriction from of_serial
MAINTAINERS: Update HVC file patterns
tty: phase out of ioctl file pointer for tty3270 as well
tty: forgot to remove ipwireless from drivers/char/pcmcia/Makefile
pch_uart: Fix DMA channel miss-setting issue.
pch_uart: fix exclusive access issue
pch_uart: fix auto flow control miss-setting issue
pch_uart: fix uart clock setting issue
pch_uart : Use dev_xxx not pr_xxx
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/misc/pch_phub.c (same patch applied
twice, then changes to the same area in one branch)
If a transport prefers payload to be sent separate from the PDU
(P9_TRANS_PREF_PAYLOAD_SEP), there is no need to allocate msize
PDU buffers(struct p9_fcall).
This patch allocates only upto 4k buffers for this kind of transports
and there won't be any change to the legacy transports.
Hence, this patch on top of zero copy changes allows user to
specify higher msizes through the mount option
without hogging the kernel heap.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds preferences field to the p9_trans_module.
Through this, now transport layer can express its preference about the
payload. i.e if payload neds to be part of the PDU or it prefers it
to be sent sepearetly so that the transport layer can handle it in
a better way.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch prepares p9_fcall structure for zero copy. Added
fields send the payload buffer information to the transport layer.
In addition it adds a 'private' field for the transport layer to
store mapped/pinned page information so that it can be freed/unpinned
during req_done.
This patch also creates trans_common.[ch] to house helper functions.
It adds the following helper functions.
p9_release_req_pages - Release pages after the transaction.
p9_nr_pages - Return number of pages needed to accomodate the payload.
payload_gup - Translates user buffer into kernel pages.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled() becomes a noop when CONFIG_SYSCTL is undefined.
In preparation for not including sysctl_conntrack in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_ver in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_threshold in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Rename ip_vs_new_estimator to ip_vs_start_estimator
and ip_vs_kill_estimator to ip_vs_stop_estimator to better
match their logic.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move the estimator reading from estimation_timer to user
context. ip_vs_read_estimator() will be used to decode the rate
values. As the decoded rates are not set by estimation timer
there is no need to reset them in ip_vs_zero_stats.
There is no need ip_vs_new_estimator() to encode stats
to rates, if the destination is in trash both the stats and the
rates are inactive.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove ustats_seq, IPVS_STAT_INC and IPVS_STAT_ADD
because they are not used. They were replaced with u64_stats.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, the new percpu counters are not zeroed and
the zero commands do not work as expected, we still show the old
sum of percpu values. OTOH, we can not reset the percpu counters
from user context without causing the incrementing to use old
and bogus values.
So, as Eric Dumazet suggested fix that by moving all overhead
to stats reading in user context. Do not introduce overhead in
timer context (estimator) and incrementing (packet handling in
softirqs).
The new ustats0 field holds the zero point for all
counter values, the rates always use 0 as base value as before.
When showing the values to user space just give the difference
between counters and the base values. The only drawback is that
percpu stats are not zeroed, they are accessible only from /proc
and are new interface, so it should not be a compatibility problem
as long as the sum stats are correct after zeroing.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The global tot_stats contains cpustats field just like the
stats for dest and svc, so better use it to simplify the usage
in estimation_timer. As tot_stats is registered as estimator
we can remove the special ip_vs_read_cpu_stats call for
tot_stats. Fix ip_vs_read_cpu_stats to be called under
stats lock because it is still used as synchronization between
estimation timer and user context (the stats readers).
Also, make sure ip_vs_stats_percpu_show reads properly
the u64 stats from user context.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove include/net/netns/ip_vs.h because it depends on
structures from include/net/ip_vs.h. As ipvs is pointer in
struct net it is better to move struct netns_ipvs into
include/net/ip_vs.h, so that we can easily use other structures
in struct netns_ipvs.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
There's no sense to 'ct = ct = ' in ip_vs_notrack(). Just assign
nf_ct_get()'s return value directly to the pointer variable 'ct' once.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch adds support for IPsec extended sequence numbers (esn)
as defined in RFC 4303. The bits to manage the anti-replay window
are based on a patch from Alex Badea.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support multiple versions of replay detection, we move the replay
detection functions to a separate file and make them accessible
via function pointers contained in the struct xfrm_replay.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support IPsec extended sequence numbers, we split the
output sequence numbers of xfrm_skb_cb in low and high order 32 bits
and we add the high order 32 bits to the input sequence numbers.
All users are updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the struct xfrm_replay_state_esn which will be
used to support IPsec extended sequence numbers and anti replay windows
bigger than 32 packets. Also we add a function that returns the actual
size of the xfrm_replay_state_esn, a xfrm netlink atribute and a xfrm state
flag for the use of extended sequence numbers.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To start doing these conversions, we need to add some temporary
flow4_* macros which will eventually go away when all the protocol
code paths are changed to work on AF specific flowi objects.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a shorthand which will help in passing around AF
specific flow structures as generic ones.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we have struct flowi4, flowi6, and flowidn for each address
family. And struct flowi is just a union of them all.
It might have been troublesome to convert flow_cache_uli_match() but
as it turns out this function is completely unused and therefore can
be simply removed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create two sets of port member accessors, one set prefixed by fl4_*
and the other prefixed by fl6_*
This will let us to create AF optimal flow instances.
It will work because every context in which we access the ports,
we have to be fully aware of which AF the flowi is anyways.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I intend to turn struct flowi into a union of AF specific flowi
structs. There will be a common structure that each variant includes
first, much like struct sock_common.
This is the first step to move in that direction.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea here is this minimizes the number of places one has to edit
in order to make changes to how flows are defined and used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves most of the accept logic to process context like other
socket stacks do. Then we can use a few more common socket helpers
and simplify a bit.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to use cfg->fc_scope not the final nh_scope value.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing output route lookups, we have to select the source address
if the user has not specified an explicit one.
First, if the route has an explicit preferred source address
specified, then we use that.
Otherwise we search the route's outgoing interface for a suitable
address.
This search can be precomputed and cached at route insertion time.
The only missing part is that we have to refresh this precomputed
value any time addresses are added or removed from the interface, and
this is accomplished by fib_update_nh_saddrs().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only necessary parts are the src/dst addresses, the
interface indexes, the TOS, and the mark.
The rest is unnecessary bloat, which amounts to nearly
50 bytes on 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of various alignements [SLUB / qdisc], we use 512 bytes of
memory for one {p|b}fifo qdisc, instead of 256 bytes on 64bit arches and
192 bytes on 32bit ones.
Move the "u32 limit" inside "struct Qdisc" (no impact on other qdiscs)
Change qdisc_alloc(), first trying a regular allocation before an
oversized one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks supporting the CEE DCBX
standard.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These 2 patches add the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks. The peer configuration
is part of the DCBX MIB and is useful for debugging and diagnostics of
the overall DCB configuration. The first patch add this support for IEEE
802.1Qaz standard the second patch add the same support for the older
CEE standard. Diff for v2 - the peer-app-info is CEE specific.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a dst pointer which is potentitally error encoded.
Don't pass original dst pointer by reference, pass a struct net
instead of a socket, and elide the flow argument since it is
unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Route lookups follow a general pattern in the ipv6 code wherein
we first find the non-IPSEC route, potentially override the
flow destination address due to ipv6 options settings, and then
finally make an IPSEC search using either xfrm_lookup() or
__xfrm_lookup().
__xfrm_lookup() is used when we want to generate a blackhole route
if the key manager needs to resolve the IPSEC rules (in this case
-EREMOTE is returned and the original 'dst' is left unchanged).
Otherwise plain xfrm_lookup() is used and when asynchronous IPSEC
resolution is necessary, we simply fail the lookup completely.
All of these cases are encapsulated into two routines,
ip6_dst_lookup_flow and ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow. The latter of which
handles unconnected UDP datagram sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts UDP to use the new ip_finish_skb API. This
would then allows us to more easily use ip_make_skb which allows
UDP to run without a socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the helper ip_make_skb which is like ip_append_data
and ip_push_pending_frames all rolled into one, except that it does
not send the skb produced. The sending part is carried out by
ip_send_skb, which the transport protocol can call after it has
tweaked the skb.
It is meant to be called in cases where corking is not used should
have a one-to-one correspondence to sendmsg.
This patch also adds the helper ip_finish_skb which is meant to
be replace ip_push_pending_frames when corking is required.
Previously the protocol stack would peek at the socket write
queue and add its header to the first packet. With ip_finish_skb,
the protocol stack can directly operate on the final skb instead,
just like the non-corking case with ip_make_skb.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow simultaneous calls to ip_append_data on the same
socket, it must not modify any shared state in sk or inet (other
than those that are designed to allow that such as atomic counters).
This patch abstracts out write references to sk and inet_sk in
ip_append_data and its friends so that we may use the underlying
code in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most mgmt commands and event are related to hci adapter. Moving index to
common header allow to easily use it in command status while reporting errors.
For those not related to adapter use MGMT_INDEX_NONE (0xFFFF) as index.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes
off-channel transmissions need to be handled
by the device completely. To support this
mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly
to the driver and not through the TX path
as the driver needs the frame and channel
information at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The return value of the tx operation is commonly
misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers
will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and
they must also properly manage the queues (if they
didn't, mac80211 would already warn).
Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY
value also allows significant cleanups of the TX
TX handling code in mac80211.
Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the
old "return -1" there was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi]
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Do not fail if the peer supports more or less than 3 algorithms.
* Ignore unknown congestion control algorithms instead of failing.
* Simplify congestion algorithm negotiation (largest is best).
* Do not use a static buffer.
* Fix off-by-two read overflow.
* Avoid extra memory copy (in addition to skb_copy_bits()).
The previous code really made no sense.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_state already contains the pipe state.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lc and wlc use the same formula, but lblc and lblcr use another one. There
is no reason for using two different formulas for the lc variants.
The formula used by lc is used by all the lc variants in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wensong Zhang <wensong@linux-vs.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_route_newports() is the only place in the entire kernel that
cares about the port members in the routing cache entry's lookup
flow key.
Therefore the only reason we store an entire flow inside of the
struct rtentry is for this one special case.
Rewrite ip_route_newports() such that:
1) The caller passes in the original port values, so we don't need
to use the rth->fl.fl_ip_{s,d}port values to remember them.
2) The lookup flow is constructed by hand instead of being copied
from the routing cache entry's flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem_skb_cb() does :
return (struct netem_skb_cb *)qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->data;
Unfortunatly struct qdisc_skb_cb data is not long word aligned, so
access to psched_time_t time_to_send uses a non aligned access.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add proper RCU annotations/verbs to sk_wq and wq members
Fix __sctp_write_space() sk_sleep() abuse (and sock->wq access)
Fix sunrpc sk_sleep() abuse too
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds the missing IPv6 multicast address flag defines to
complement the already existing multicast address scope defines and to
be able to check these flags nicely in the future.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To properly track bonding completion an event to indicate authentication
failure is needed. This event will be sent whenever an authentication
complete HCI event with a non-zero status comes. It will also be sent
when we're acting in acceptor role for SSP authentication in which case
the controller will send a Simple Pairing Complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The command complete event for mgmt_pin_code_reply &
mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply should have the adapter index, Bluetooth address
as well as the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the user confirmation (numeric comparison)
Secure Simple Pairing authentication method.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new mgmt_pair_device which can be used to initiate a
dedicated bonding procedure. Some extra callbacks are added to the
hci_conn struct so that the pairing code can get notified of the
completion of the procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now, TCP_CHECK_TIMER is not used for debuging, it does nothing.
And, it has been there for several years, maybe 6 years.
Remove it to keep code clearer.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only troublesome bit here is __mkroute_output which wants
to override res->fi and res->type, compute those in local
variables instead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows avoiding multiple writes to the initial __refcnt.
The most simplest cases of wanting an initial reference of "1"
in ipv4 and ipv6 have been converted, the rest have been left
along and kept at the existing "0".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only oddities here are a couple of drivers that bogusly called the ldisc
helpers instead of returning -ENOIOCTLCMD. Fix the bug and the rest goes
away.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Doing tiocmget was such fun we should do tiocmset as well for the same
reasons
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We don't actually need this and it causes problems for internal use of
this functionality. Currently there is a single use of the FILE * pointer.
That is the serial core which uses it to check tty_hung_up_p. However if
that is true then IO_ERROR is also already set so the check may be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Assigning a socket in timewait state to skb->sk can trigger
kernel oops, e.g. in nfnetlink_log, which does:
if (skb->sk) {
read_lock_bh(&skb->sk->sk_callback_lock);
if (skb->sk->sk_socket && skb->sk->sk_socket->file) ...
in the timewait case, accessing sk->sk_callback_lock and sk->sk_socket
is invalid.
Either all of these spots will need to add a test for sk->sk_state != TCP_TIME_WAIT,
or xt_TPROXY must not assign a timewait socket to skb->sk.
This does the latter.
If a TW socket is found, assign the tproxy nfmark, but skip the skb->sk assignment,
thus mimicking behaviour of a '-m socket .. -j MARK/ACCEPT' re-routing rule.
The 'SYN to TW socket' case is left unchanged -- we try to redirect to the
listener socket.
Cc: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Cc: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fwestphal@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the new connection update parameter are accepted, the LE master
host sends the LE Connection Update Command to its controller informing
the new requested parameters.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use proper timer instead of hci command flow control to timeout
failed hci commands. Otherwise stack ends up sending commands
when flow control is used to block new commands.
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592132 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) plen 10
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7 mode 2 clkoffset 0x0000
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592681 > HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) status 0x00 ncmd 0
2010-09-01 18:29:51.022033 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request Cancel (0x01|0x001a) plen 6
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implements L2CAP Connection Parameter Update Response defined in
the Bluetooth Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4.21.
Address the LE Connection Parameter Procedure initiated by the slave.
Connection Interval Minimum and Maximum have the same range: 6 to
3200. Time = N * 1.25ms. Minimum shall be less or equal to Maximum.
The Slave Latency field shall have a value in the range of 0 to
((connSupervisionTimeout / connIntervalMax) - 1). Latency field shall
be less than 500. connSupervisionTimeout = Timeout Multiplier * 10 ms.
Multiplier field shall have a value in the range of 10 to 3200.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch splits the L2CAP command handling function in order to
have a clear separation between the commands related to BR/EDR and
LE. Commands and responses in the LE signaling channel are not being
handled yet, command reject is sent to all received requests. Bluetooth
Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4 defines the signaling
packets formats and allowed commands/responses over the LE signaling
channel.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add support for LE server sockets.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add basic LE connection support to L2CAP. LE
connection can be created by specifying cid
in struct sockaddr_l2
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth chips may have separate buffers for LE traffic.
This patch add support to use LE buffers provided by the chip.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth V4.0 adds support for Low Energy (LE) connections.
Specification introduces new set of hci commands to control LE
connection. This patch adds logic to create, cancel and disconnect
LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add needed HCI command and event structs to
create LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When IP_VS schedulers do not find a destination, they output a terse
"WLC: no destination available" message through kernel syslog, which I
can not only make sense of because syslog puts them in a logfile
together with keepalived checker results.
This patch makes the output a bit more informative, by telling you which
virtual service failed to find a destination.
Example output:
kernel: [1539214.552233] IPVS: wlc: TCP 192.168.8.30:22 - no destination available
kernel: [1539299.674418] IPVS: wlc: FWM 22 0x00000016 - no destination available
I have tested the code for IPv4 and FWM services, as you can see from
the example; I do not have an IPv6 setup to test the third code path
with.
To avoid code duplication, I put a new function ip_vs_scheduler_err()
into ip_vs_sched.c, and use that from the schedulers instead of calling
IP_VS_ERR_RL directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Schaaf <netdev@bof.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
l2cap_load() was added to trigger l2cap.ko module loading from the RFCOMM
and BNEP modules. Now that L2CAP module is gone, we don't need it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Actually doesn't make sense have these modules built separately.
The L2CAP layer is needed by almost all Bluetooth protocols and profiles.
There isn't any real use case without having L2CAP loaded.
SCO is only essential for Audio transfers, but it is so small that we can
have it loaded always in bluetooth.ko without problems.
If you really doesn't want it you can disable SCO in the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If we didn't have a routing cache, we would not be able to properly
propagate certain kinds of dynamic path attributes, for example
PMTU information and redirects.
The reason is that if we didn't have a routing cache, then there would
be no way to lookup all of the active cached routes hanging off of
sockets, tunnels, IPSEC bundles, etc.
Consider the case where we created a cached route, but no inetpeer
entry existed and also we were not asked to pre-COW the route metrics
and therefore did not force the creation a new inetpeer entry.
If we later get a PMTU message, or a redirect, and store this
information in a new inetpeer entry, there is no way to teach that
cached route about the newly existing inetpeer entry.
The facilities implemented here handle this problem.
First we create a generation ID. When we create a cached route of any
kind, we remember the generation ID at the time of attachment. Any
time we force-create an inetpeer entry in response to new path
information, we bump that generation ID.
The dst_ops->check() callback is where the knowledge of this event
is propagated. If the global generation ID does not equal the one
stored in the cached route, and the cached route has not attached
to an inetpeer yet, we look it up and attach if one is found. Now
that we've updated the cached route's information, we update the
route's generation ID too.
This clears the way for implementing PMTU and redirects directly in
the inetpeer cache. There is absolutely no need to consult cached
route information in order to maintain this information.
At this point nothing bumps the inetpeer genids, that comes in the
later changes which handle PMTUs and redirects using inetpeers.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validity of the cached PMTU information is indicated by it's
expiration value being non-zero, just as per dst->expires.
The scheme we will use is that we will remember the pre-ICMP value
held in the metrics or route entry, and then at expiration time
we will restore that value.
In this way PMTU expiration does not kill off the cached route as is
done currently.
Redirect information is permanent, or at least until another redirect
is received.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future changes will add caching information, and some of
these new elements will be addresses.
Since the family is implicit via the ->daddr.family member,
replicating the family in ever address we store is entirely
redundant.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux IPv4 AH stack aligns the AH header on a 64 bit boundary
(like in IPv6). This is not RFC compliant (see RFC4302, Section
3.3.3.2.1), it should be aligned on 32 bits.
For most of the authentication algorithms, the ICV size is 96 bits.
The AH header alignment on 32 or 64 bits gives the same results.
However for SHA-256-128 for instance, the wrong 64 bit alignment results
in adding useless padding in IPv4 AH, which is forbidden by the RFC.
To avoid breaking backward compatibility, we use a new flag
(XFRM_STATE_ALIGN4) do change original behavior.
Initial patch from Dang Hongwu <hongwu.dang@6wind.com> and
Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It causes the move of the declaration of 3 functions to l2cap.h:
l2cap_get_ident(), l2cap_send_cmd(), l2cap_build_conf_req()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch tries to do the minimal to move l2cap_sock_create() and its
dependencies to l2cap_sock.c. It create a API to initialize and cleanup
the L2CAP sockets from l2cap_core.c through l2cap_init_sockets() and
l2cap_cleanup_sockets().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_io_capability management command which is used
to set the IO capability for Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) as well as the
Security Manager Protocol (SMP). The value is per hci_dev and each
hci_conn object inherits it upon creation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary commands and events needed to communicate
PIN code related actions between the kernel and userspace. This includes
a pin_code_request event as well as pin_code_reply and
pin_code_negative_reply commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a get_connections command to the management interface.
With this command userspace can get the current list of connected
devices. Typically this command would only be used once when enumerating
existing adapters. After that the connected and disconnected events are
used to track connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch add a new connect failed management event to track failures
in connecting to remote devices. It is particularly useful for security
mode 3 scenarios when we don't have a connected state while pairing but
still need to detect when the connect attempt failed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a disconnect command to the managment interface. Using
this command user space is able to force the disconnection of connected
devices. The command maps directly to the Disconnect HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds connected and disconnected managment events to track the
connection status to remote devices. The events map directly to
successful connection complete and disconnection complete HCI events for
ACL links.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a management commands to feed the kernel with all stored
link keys as well as remove specific ones or all of them. Once the
load_keys command has been called the kernel takes over link key
replies. A new_key event is also added to inform userspace of newly
created link keys that should be stored permanently.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the possibility for user space to fully control the
Class of Device value of local adapters. To control the service class
bits each UUID that's added comes with a service class "hint" which acts
as a mask of bits that the UUID needs to have enabled. The
set_service_cache management command is used to make sure we queue up
all UUID changes as user space initializes its drivers and then send a
single HCI_Write_Class_of_Device command when initialization is
complete.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Using the managment interface means that user space doesn't need to do
any HCI command sending at all. This patch moves the remaining
initialization commands from user space to the kernel side. The patch
makes use of the new feature of __hci_request which allows the request
to be dynamically modified while it is ongoing (something that is needed
to react appropriately to the local features and the version of the
adapter).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The controller may have link keys in its own memory and these keys could
be used for secure connections. However, since the interface to access
these keys doesn't provide information about the key types (which would
be needed to infer the level of security each key provides) using these
keys is rather useless. Therefore, simply clear the controller side list
in the initialization procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To support a more dynamic HCI initialization sequence the __hci_request
behavior requires some more changes. Particularly, the init sequence
should be able to have conditionals in it (sending some HCI commands
depending on the outcome of a previous command) instead of being a fixed
list as it is right now.
The reasons for these additional requirements are the moving all
previously user space driven initialization commands to the kernel side
as well as the support the Low Energy controllers.
To fulfull these requirements the init sequence is made the only special
case for multi-command requests and req_last_cmd is renamed to
init_last_cmd. The hci_send_cmd function is changed to update
init_last_cmd as long as the HCI_INIT flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary logic to act accordingly when the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag is not set. In that case PIN code replies as well as
Secure Simple Pairing requests without a NoBonding requirement need to
be rejected.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds methods to the management interface for userspace to
notify the kernel of which services have been registered for specific
adapters. This information is needed for setting the appropriate Class
of Device value as well as the Extended Inquiry Response value. This
patch doesn't actually implement setting of these values but just
provides the storage of the UUIDs so the needed functionality can be
built on top of it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements a new set_pairable management command to control
the pairable state of local adapters. The state is represented using a
new HCI_PAIRABLE flag in the hci_dev struct.
For backwards compatibility with older user space versions the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag gets automatically set when the existence of an
adapter is reported to user space through legacy methods and the
HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a HCI_MGMT flag to track adapters which are under the
control of the management interface. This is needed to make sure that
new kernels will work with old user space versions. I.e. behaviour which
could break old user space versions (but is needed by the management
interface) should not be exhibited when the HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The powered, connectable and discoverable messages all have the same
format. By using a single struct for all of them a lot of code can be
simplified and reused.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_connectable command as well as a corresponding
event to the management interface. It's mainly useful for setting an
adapter as connectable from a non-initialized state as well as setting
an already initialized adapter as non-connectable (mostly useful for
qualification purposes).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_discoverable command to the management interface
as well as the corresponding event. The command is used to control the
discoverable state of adapters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_powered command to the management interface
through which the powered state of local adapters can be controlled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the powered event that's used to indicate to
userspace when the powered state of a local adapter changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements automatic initialization of basic information
about newly registered Bluetooth adapters. E.g. the address and features
are always needed so it makes sense for the kernel to automatically
power on adapters and read this information. A new HCI_SETUP flag is
added to track this state.
In order to not consume unnecessary amounts of power if there isn't a
user space available that could switch the adapter back off, a timer is
added to do this automatically as long as no Bluetooth user space seems
to be present. A new HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is added that user space needs to
clear to avoid the automatic power off.
Additionally, the management interface index_added event is moved to the
end of the HCI_SETUP stage so a user space supporting the managment
inteface has all the necessary information available for fetching when
it gets notified of a new adapter. The HCI_DEV_REG event is kept in the
same place as before since existing HCI raw socket based user space
versions depend on seeing the kernels initialization sequence
(hci_init_req) to determine when the adapter is ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Modification of Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com> patch.
With Bluetooth 2.1 ACL packets can be flushable or non-flushable. This commit
makes ACL data packets non-flushable by default on compatible chipsets, and
adds the BT_FLUSHABLE socket option to explicitly request flushable ACL
data packets for a given L2CAP socket. This is useful for A2DP data which can
be safely discarded if it can not be delivered within a short time (while
other ACL data should not be discarded).
Note that making ACL data flushable has no effect unless the automatic flush
timeout for that ACL link is changed from its default of 0 (infinite).
Default packet types (for compatible chipsets):
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..00 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Non-automatically Flushable Packet (0)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
After setting BT_FLUSHABLE
(sock.setsockopt(274 /*SOL_BLUETOOTH*/, 8 /* BT_FLUSHABLE */, 1 /* flush */))
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..10 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Automatically Flushable Packet (2)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Like metrics, the ICMP rate limiting bits are cached state about
a destination. So move it into the inet_peer entries.
If an inet_peer cannot be bound (the reason is memory allocation
failure or similar), the policy is to allow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_cancel can accept NULL as its second argument, so for similarity,
this patch extends genlmsg_cancel to be able to accept a NULL second
argument as well.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael
MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to
the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to
send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior
has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for
convenient use.
The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211
netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file
makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using
invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one
of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast
frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current
BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only
when associated and using TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
